1 /* 2 * CDDL HEADER START 3 * 4 * The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the 5 * Common Development and Distribution License (the "License"). 6 * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. 7 * 8 * You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE 9 * or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing. 10 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions 11 * and limitations under the License. 12 * 13 * When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each 14 * file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE. 15 * If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the 16 * fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying 17 * information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner] 18 * 19 * CDDL HEADER END 20 */ 21 22 /* 23 * Copyright (c) 2005, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. 24 * Copyright 2020 Joyent, Inc. 25 * Copyright 2015 Garrett D'Amore <garrett@damore.org> 26 * Copyright 2020 RackTop Systems, Inc. 27 * Copyright 2026 Oxide Computer Company 28 */ 29 30 /* 31 * MAC Services Module 32 * 33 * The GLDv3 framework locking - The MAC layer 34 * -------------------------------------------- 35 * 36 * The MAC layer is central to the GLD framework and can provide the locking 37 * framework needed for itself and for the use of MAC clients. MAC end points 38 * are fairly disjoint and don't share a lot of state. So a coarse grained 39 * multi-threading scheme is to single thread all create/modify/delete or set 40 * type of control operations on a per mac end point while allowing data threads 41 * concurrently. 42 * 43 * Control operations (set) that modify a mac end point are always serialized on 44 * a per mac end point basis, We have at most 1 such thread per mac end point 45 * at a time. 46 * 47 * All other operations that are not serialized are essentially multi-threaded. 48 * For example a control operation (get) like getting statistics which may not 49 * care about reading values atomically or data threads sending or receiving 50 * data. Mostly these type of operations don't modify the control state. Any 51 * state these operations care about are protected using traditional locks. 52 * 53 * The perimeter only serializes serial operations. It does not imply there 54 * aren't any other concurrent operations. However a serialized operation may 55 * sometimes need to make sure it is the only thread. In this case it needs 56 * to use reference counting mechanisms to cv_wait until any current data 57 * threads are done. 58 * 59 * The mac layer itself does not hold any locks across a call to another layer. 60 * The perimeter is however held across a down call to the driver to make the 61 * whole control operation atomic with respect to other control operations. 62 * Also the data path and get type control operations may proceed concurrently. 63 * These operations synchronize with the single serial operation on a given mac 64 * end point using regular locks. The perimeter ensures that conflicting 65 * operations like say a mac_multicast_add and a mac_multicast_remove on the 66 * same mac end point don't interfere with each other and also ensures that the 67 * changes in the mac layer and the call to the underlying driver to say add a 68 * multicast address are done atomically without interference from a thread 69 * trying to delete the same address. 70 * 71 * For example, consider 72 * mac_multicst_add() 73 * { 74 * mac_perimeter_enter(); serialize all control operations 75 * 76 * grab list lock protect against access by data threads 77 * add to list 78 * drop list lock 79 * 80 * call driver's mi_multicst 81 * 82 * mac_perimeter_exit(); 83 * } 84 * 85 * To lessen the number of serialization locks and simplify the lock hierarchy, 86 * we serialize all the control operations on a per mac end point by using a 87 * single serialization lock called the perimeter. We allow recursive entry into 88 * the perimeter to facilitate use of this mechanism by both the mac client and 89 * the MAC layer itself. 90 * 91 * MAC client means an entity that does an operation on a mac handle 92 * obtained from a mac_open/mac_client_open. Similarly MAC driver means 93 * an entity that does an operation on a mac handle obtained from a 94 * mac_register. An entity could be both client and driver but on different 95 * handles eg. aggr. and should only make the corresponding mac interface calls 96 * i.e. mac driver interface or mac client interface as appropriate for that 97 * mac handle. 98 * 99 * General rules. 100 * ------------- 101 * 102 * R1. The lock order of upcall threads is natually opposite to downcall 103 * threads. Hence upcalls must not hold any locks across layers for fear of 104 * recursive lock enter and lock order violation. This applies to all layers. 105 * 106 * R2. The perimeter is just another lock. Since it is held in the down 107 * direction, acquiring the perimeter in an upcall is prohibited as it would 108 * cause a deadlock. This applies to all layers. 109 * 110 * Note that upcalls that need to grab the mac perimeter (for example 111 * mac_notify upcalls) can still achieve that by posting the request to a 112 * thread, which can then grab all the required perimeters and locks in the 113 * right global order. Note that in the above example the mac layer iself 114 * won't grab the mac perimeter in the mac_notify upcall, instead the upcall 115 * to the client must do that. Please see the aggr code for an example. 116 * 117 * MAC client rules 118 * ---------------- 119 * 120 * R3. A MAC client may use the MAC provided perimeter facility to serialize 121 * control operations on a per mac end point. It does this by by acquring 122 * and holding the perimeter across a sequence of calls to the mac layer. 123 * This ensures atomicity across the entire block of mac calls. In this 124 * model the MAC client must not hold any client locks across the calls to 125 * the mac layer. This model is the preferred solution. 126 * 127 * R4. However if a MAC client has a lot of global state across all mac end 128 * points the per mac end point serialization may not be sufficient. In this 129 * case the client may choose to use global locks or use its own serialization. 130 * To avoid deadlocks, these client layer locks held across the mac calls 131 * in the control path must never be acquired by the data path for the reason 132 * mentioned below. 133 * 134 * (Assume that a control operation that holds a client lock blocks in the 135 * mac layer waiting for upcall reference counts to drop to zero. If an upcall 136 * data thread that holds this reference count, tries to acquire the same 137 * client lock subsequently it will deadlock). 138 * 139 * A MAC client may follow either the R3 model or the R4 model, but can't 140 * mix both. In the former, the hierarchy is Perim -> client locks, but in 141 * the latter it is client locks -> Perim. 142 * 143 * R5. MAC clients must make MAC calls (excluding data calls) in a cv_wait'able 144 * context since they may block while trying to acquire the perimeter. 145 * In addition some calls may block waiting for upcall refcnts to come down to 146 * zero. 147 * 148 * R6. MAC clients must make sure that they are single threaded and all threads 149 * from the top (in particular data threads) have finished before calling 150 * mac_client_close. The MAC framework does not track the number of client 151 * threads using the mac client handle. Also mac clients must make sure 152 * they have undone all the control operations before calling mac_client_close. 153 * For example mac_unicast_remove/mac_multicast_remove to undo the corresponding 154 * mac_unicast_add/mac_multicast_add. 155 * 156 * MAC framework rules 157 * ------------------- 158 * 159 * R7. The mac layer itself must not hold any mac layer locks (except the mac 160 * perimeter) across a call to any other layer from the mac layer. The call to 161 * any other layer could be via mi_* entry points, classifier entry points into 162 * the driver or via upcall pointers into layers above. The mac perimeter may 163 * be acquired or held only in the down direction, for e.g. when calling into 164 * a mi_* driver enty point to provide atomicity of the operation. 165 * 166 * R8. Since it is not guaranteed (see R14) that drivers won't hold locks across 167 * mac driver interfaces, the MAC layer must provide a cut out for control 168 * interfaces like upcall notifications and start them in a separate thread. 169 * 170 * R9. Note that locking order also implies a plumbing order. For example 171 * VNICs are allowed to be created over aggrs, but not vice-versa. An attempt 172 * to plumb in any other order must be failed at mac_open time, otherwise it 173 * could lead to deadlocks due to inverse locking order. 174 * 175 * R10. MAC driver interfaces must not block since the driver could call them 176 * in interrupt context. 177 * 178 * R11. Walkers must preferably not hold any locks while calling walker 179 * callbacks. Instead these can operate on reference counts. In simple 180 * callbacks it may be ok to hold a lock and call the callbacks, but this is 181 * harder to maintain in the general case of arbitrary callbacks. 182 * 183 * R12. The MAC layer must protect upcall notification callbacks using reference 184 * counts rather than holding locks across the callbacks. 185 * 186 * R13. Given the variety of drivers, it is preferable if the MAC layer can make 187 * sure that any pointers (such as mac ring pointers) it passes to the driver 188 * remain valid until mac unregister time. Currently the mac layer achieves 189 * this by using generation numbers for rings and freeing the mac rings only 190 * at unregister time. The MAC layer must provide a layer of indirection and 191 * must not expose underlying driver rings or driver data structures/pointers 192 * directly to MAC clients. 193 * 194 * MAC driver rules 195 * ---------------- 196 * 197 * R14. It would be preferable if MAC drivers don't hold any locks across any 198 * mac call. However at a minimum they must not hold any locks across data 199 * upcalls. They must also make sure that all references to mac data structures 200 * are cleaned up and that it is single threaded at mac_unregister time. 201 * 202 * R15. MAC driver interfaces don't block and so the action may be done 203 * asynchronously in a separate thread as for example handling notifications. 204 * The driver must not assume that the action is complete when the call 205 * returns. 206 * 207 * R16. Drivers must maintain a generation number per Rx ring, and pass it 208 * back to mac_rx_ring(); They are expected to increment the generation 209 * number whenever the ring's stop routine is invoked. 210 * See comments in mac_rx_ring(); 211 * 212 * R17 Similarly mi_stop is another synchronization point and the driver must 213 * ensure that all upcalls are done and there won't be any future upcall 214 * before returning from mi_stop. 215 * 216 * R18. The driver may assume that all set/modify control operations via 217 * the mi_* entry points are single threaded on a per mac end point. 218 * 219 * Lock and Perimeter hierarchy scenarios 220 * --------------------------------------- 221 * 222 * i_mac_impl_lock -> mi_rw_lock -> srs_lock -> s_ring_lock[i_mac_tx_srs_notify] 223 * 224 * ft_lock -> fe_lock [mac_flow_lookup] 225 * 226 * mi_rw_lock -> fe_lock [mac_bcast_send] 227 * 228 * srs_lock -> mac_bw_lock [mac_rx_srs_drain_bw] 229 * 230 * cpu_lock -> mac_srs_g_lock -> srs_lock -> s_ring_lock [mac_walk_srs_and_bind] 231 * 232 * i_dls_devnet_lock -> mac layer locks [dls_devnet_rename] 233 * 234 * Perimeters are ordered P1 -> P2 -> P3 from top to bottom in order of mac 235 * client to driver. In the case of clients that explictly use the mac provided 236 * perimeter mechanism for its serialization, the hierarchy is 237 * Perimeter -> mac layer locks, since the client never holds any locks across 238 * the mac calls. In the case of clients that use its own locks the hierarchy 239 * is Client locks -> Mac Perim -> Mac layer locks. The client never explicitly 240 * calls mac_perim_enter/exit in this case. 241 * 242 * Subflow creation rules 243 * --------------------------- 244 * o In case of a user specified cpulist present on underlying link and flows, 245 * the flows cpulist must be a subset of the underlying link. 246 * o In case of a user specified fanout mode present on link and flow, the 247 * subflow fanout count has to be less than or equal to that of the 248 * underlying link. The cpu-bindings for the subflows will be a subset of 249 * the underlying link. 250 * o In case if no cpulist specified on both underlying link and flow, the 251 * underlying link relies on a MAC tunable to provide out of box fanout. 252 * The subflow will have no cpulist (the subflow will be unbound) 253 * o In case if no cpulist is specified on the underlying link, a subflow can 254 * carry either a user-specified cpulist or fanout count. The cpu-bindings 255 * for the subflow will not adhere to restriction that they need to be subset 256 * of the underlying link. 257 * o In case where the underlying link is carrying either a user specified 258 * cpulist or fanout mode and for a unspecified subflow, the subflow will be 259 * created unbound. 260 * o While creating unbound subflows, bandwidth mode changes attempt to 261 * figure a right fanout count. In such cases the fanout count will override 262 * the unbound cpu-binding behavior. 263 * o In addition to this, while cycling between flow and link properties, we 264 * impose a restriction that if a link property has a subflow with 265 * user-specified attributes, we will not allow changing the link property. 266 * The administrator needs to reset all the user specified properties for the 267 * subflows before attempting a link property change. 268 * Some of the above rules can be overridden by specifying additional command 269 * line options while creating or modifying link or subflow properties. 270 * 271 * Datapath 272 * -------- 273 * 274 * For information on the datapath, the world of soft rings, hardware rings, how 275 * it is structured, and the path of an mblk_t between a driver and a mac 276 * client, see mac_sched.c. 277 */ 278 279 #include <sys/types.h> 280 #include <sys/conf.h> 281 #include <sys/id_space.h> 282 #include <sys/esunddi.h> 283 #include <sys/stat.h> 284 #include <sys/mkdev.h> 285 #include <sys/stream.h> 286 #include <sys/strsun.h> 287 #include <sys/strsubr.h> 288 #include <sys/dlpi.h> 289 #include <sys/list.h> 290 #include <sys/modhash.h> 291 #include <sys/mac_provider.h> 292 #include <sys/mac_client_impl.h> 293 #include <sys/mac_soft_ring.h> 294 #include <sys/mac_stat.h> 295 #include <sys/mac_impl.h> 296 #include <sys/mac.h> 297 #include <sys/dls.h> 298 #include <sys/dld.h> 299 #include <sys/modctl.h> 300 #include <sys/fs/dv_node.h> 301 #include <sys/thread.h> 302 #include <sys/proc.h> 303 #include <sys/callb.h> 304 #include <sys/cpuvar.h> 305 #include <sys/atomic.h> 306 #include <sys/bitmap.h> 307 #include <sys/sdt.h> 308 #include <sys/mac_flow.h> 309 #include <sys/ddi_intr_impl.h> 310 #include <sys/disp.h> 311 #include <sys/sdt.h> 312 #include <sys/vnic.h> 313 #include <sys/vnic_impl.h> 314 #include <sys/vlan.h> 315 #include <inet/ip.h> 316 #include <inet/ip6.h> 317 #include <sys/exacct.h> 318 #include <sys/exacct_impl.h> 319 #include <inet/nd.h> 320 #include <sys/ethernet.h> 321 #include <sys/pool.h> 322 #include <sys/pool_pset.h> 323 #include <sys/cpupart.h> 324 #include <inet/wifi_ioctl.h> 325 #include <net/wpa.h> 326 #include <sys/mac_ether.h> 327 328 #define IMPL_HASHSZ 67 /* prime */ 329 330 kmem_cache_t *i_mac_impl_cachep; 331 mod_hash_t *i_mac_impl_hash; 332 krwlock_t i_mac_impl_lock; 333 uint_t i_mac_impl_count; 334 static kmem_cache_t *mac_ring_cache; 335 static id_space_t *minor_ids; 336 static uint32_t minor_count; 337 static pool_event_cb_t mac_pool_event_reg; 338 339 /* 340 * Logging stuff. Perhaps mac_logging_interval could be broken into 341 * mac_flow_log_interval and mac_link_log_interval if we want to be 342 * able to schedule them differently. 343 */ 344 uint_t mac_logging_interval; 345 boolean_t mac_flow_log_enable; 346 boolean_t mac_link_log_enable; 347 timeout_id_t mac_logging_timer; 348 349 #define MACTYPE_KMODDIR "mac" 350 #define MACTYPE_HASHSZ 67 351 static mod_hash_t *i_mactype_hash; 352 /* 353 * i_mactype_lock synchronizes threads that obtain references to mactype_t 354 * structures through i_mactype_getplugin(). 355 */ 356 static kmutex_t i_mactype_lock; 357 358 /* 359 * mac_tx_percpu_cnt 360 * 361 * Number of per cpu locks per mac_client_impl_t. Used by the transmit side 362 * in mac_tx to reduce lock contention. This is sized at boot time in mac_init. 363 * mac_tx_percpu_cnt_max is settable in /etc/system and must be a power of 2. 364 * Per cpu locks may be disabled by setting mac_tx_percpu_cnt_max to 1. 365 */ 366 int mac_tx_percpu_cnt; 367 int mac_tx_percpu_cnt_max = 128; 368 369 /* 370 * Call back functions for the bridge module. These are guaranteed to be valid 371 * when holding a reference on a link or when holding mip->mi_bridge_lock and 372 * mi_bridge_link is non-NULL. 373 */ 374 mac_bridge_tx_t mac_bridge_tx_cb; 375 mac_bridge_rx_t mac_bridge_rx_cb; 376 mac_bridge_ref_t mac_bridge_ref_cb; 377 mac_bridge_ls_t mac_bridge_ls_cb; 378 379 static int i_mac_constructor(void *, void *, int); 380 static void i_mac_destructor(void *, void *); 381 static int i_mac_ring_ctor(void *, void *, int); 382 static void i_mac_ring_dtor(void *, void *); 383 static flow_entry_t *mac_rx_classify(mac_impl_t *, mac_resource_handle_t, 384 mblk_t *); 385 void mac_tx_client_flush(mac_client_impl_t *); 386 void mac_tx_client_block(mac_client_impl_t *); 387 static void mac_rx_ring_quiesce(mac_ring_t *, uint_t); 388 static int mac_start_group_and_rings(mac_group_t *); 389 static void mac_stop_group_and_rings(mac_group_t *); 390 static void mac_pool_event_cb(pool_event_t, int, void *); 391 392 typedef struct netinfo_s { 393 list_node_t ni_link; 394 void *ni_record; 395 int ni_size; 396 int ni_type; 397 } netinfo_t; 398 399 /* 400 * Module initialization functions. 401 */ 402 403 void 404 mac_init(void) 405 { 406 mac_tx_percpu_cnt = ((boot_max_ncpus == -1) ? max_ncpus : 407 boot_max_ncpus); 408 409 /* Upper bound is mac_tx_percpu_cnt_max */ 410 if (mac_tx_percpu_cnt > mac_tx_percpu_cnt_max) 411 mac_tx_percpu_cnt = mac_tx_percpu_cnt_max; 412 413 if (mac_tx_percpu_cnt < 1) { 414 /* Someone set max_tx_percpu_cnt_max to 0 or less */ 415 mac_tx_percpu_cnt = 1; 416 } 417 418 ASSERT(mac_tx_percpu_cnt >= 1); 419 mac_tx_percpu_cnt = (1 << highbit(mac_tx_percpu_cnt - 1)); 420 /* 421 * Make it of the form 2**N - 1 in the range 422 * [0 .. mac_tx_percpu_cnt_max - 1] 423 */ 424 mac_tx_percpu_cnt--; 425 426 i_mac_impl_cachep = kmem_cache_create("mac_impl_cache", 427 sizeof (mac_impl_t), 0, i_mac_constructor, i_mac_destructor, 428 NULL, NULL, NULL, 0); 429 ASSERT(i_mac_impl_cachep != NULL); 430 431 mac_ring_cache = kmem_cache_create("mac_ring_cache", 432 sizeof (mac_ring_t), 0, i_mac_ring_ctor, i_mac_ring_dtor, NULL, 433 NULL, NULL, 0); 434 ASSERT(mac_ring_cache != NULL); 435 436 i_mac_impl_hash = mod_hash_create_extended("mac_impl_hash", 437 IMPL_HASHSZ, mod_hash_null_keydtor, mod_hash_null_valdtor, 438 mod_hash_bystr, NULL, mod_hash_strkey_cmp, KM_SLEEP); 439 rw_init(&i_mac_impl_lock, NULL, RW_DEFAULT, NULL); 440 441 mac_flow_init(); 442 mac_soft_ring_init(); 443 mac_bcast_init(); 444 mac_client_init(); 445 446 i_mac_impl_count = 0; 447 448 i_mactype_hash = mod_hash_create_extended("mactype_hash", 449 MACTYPE_HASHSZ, 450 mod_hash_null_keydtor, mod_hash_null_valdtor, 451 mod_hash_bystr, NULL, mod_hash_strkey_cmp, KM_SLEEP); 452 453 /* 454 * Allocate an id space to manage minor numbers. The range of the 455 * space will be from MAC_MAX_MINOR+1 to MAC_PRIVATE_MINOR-1. This 456 * leaves half of the 32-bit minors available for driver private use. 457 */ 458 minor_ids = id_space_create("mac_minor_ids", MAC_MAX_MINOR+1, 459 MAC_PRIVATE_MINOR-1); 460 ASSERT(minor_ids != NULL); 461 minor_count = 0; 462 463 /* Let's default to 20 seconds */ 464 mac_logging_interval = 20; 465 mac_flow_log_enable = B_FALSE; 466 mac_link_log_enable = B_FALSE; 467 mac_logging_timer = NULL; 468 469 /* Register to be notified of noteworthy pools events */ 470 mac_pool_event_reg.pec_func = mac_pool_event_cb; 471 mac_pool_event_reg.pec_arg = NULL; 472 pool_event_cb_register(&mac_pool_event_reg); 473 } 474 475 int 476 mac_fini(void) 477 { 478 479 if (i_mac_impl_count > 0 || minor_count > 0) 480 return (EBUSY); 481 482 pool_event_cb_unregister(&mac_pool_event_reg); 483 484 id_space_destroy(minor_ids); 485 mac_flow_fini(); 486 487 mod_hash_destroy_hash(i_mac_impl_hash); 488 rw_destroy(&i_mac_impl_lock); 489 490 mac_client_fini(); 491 kmem_cache_destroy(mac_ring_cache); 492 493 mod_hash_destroy_hash(i_mactype_hash); 494 mac_soft_ring_finish(); 495 496 497 return (0); 498 } 499 500 /* 501 * Initialize a GLDv3 driver's device ops. A driver that manages its own ops 502 * (e.g. softmac) may pass in a NULL ops argument. 503 */ 504 void 505 mac_init_ops(struct dev_ops *ops, const char *name) 506 { 507 major_t major = ddi_name_to_major((char *)name); 508 509 /* 510 * By returning on error below, we are not letting the driver continue 511 * in an undefined context. The mac_register() function will faill if 512 * DN_GLDV3_DRIVER isn't set. 513 */ 514 if (major == DDI_MAJOR_T_NONE) 515 return; 516 LOCK_DEV_OPS(&devnamesp[major].dn_lock); 517 devnamesp[major].dn_flags |= (DN_GLDV3_DRIVER | DN_NETWORK_DRIVER); 518 UNLOCK_DEV_OPS(&devnamesp[major].dn_lock); 519 if (ops != NULL) 520 dld_init_ops(ops, name); 521 } 522 523 void 524 mac_fini_ops(struct dev_ops *ops) 525 { 526 dld_fini_ops(ops); 527 } 528 529 /*ARGSUSED*/ 530 static int 531 i_mac_constructor(void *buf, void *arg, int kmflag) 532 { 533 mac_impl_t *mip = buf; 534 535 bzero(buf, sizeof (mac_impl_t)); 536 537 mip->mi_linkstate = LINK_STATE_UNKNOWN; 538 539 rw_init(&mip->mi_rw_lock, NULL, RW_DRIVER, NULL); 540 mutex_init(&mip->mi_notify_lock, NULL, MUTEX_DRIVER, NULL); 541 mutex_init(&mip->mi_promisc_lock, NULL, MUTEX_DRIVER, NULL); 542 mutex_init(&mip->mi_ring_lock, NULL, MUTEX_DEFAULT, NULL); 543 544 mip->mi_notify_cb_info.mcbi_lockp = &mip->mi_notify_lock; 545 cv_init(&mip->mi_notify_cb_info.mcbi_cv, NULL, CV_DRIVER, NULL); 546 mip->mi_promisc_cb_info.mcbi_lockp = &mip->mi_promisc_lock; 547 cv_init(&mip->mi_promisc_cb_info.mcbi_cv, NULL, CV_DRIVER, NULL); 548 549 mutex_init(&mip->mi_bridge_lock, NULL, MUTEX_DEFAULT, NULL); 550 551 return (0); 552 } 553 554 /*ARGSUSED*/ 555 static void 556 i_mac_destructor(void *buf, void *arg) 557 { 558 mac_impl_t *mip = buf; 559 mac_cb_info_t *mcbi; 560 561 ASSERT(mip->mi_ref == 0); 562 ASSERT(mip->mi_active == 0); 563 ASSERT(mip->mi_linkstate == LINK_STATE_UNKNOWN); 564 ASSERT(mip->mi_devpromisc == 0); 565 ASSERT(mip->mi_ksp == NULL); 566 ASSERT(mip->mi_kstat_count == 0); 567 ASSERT(mip->mi_nclients == 0); 568 ASSERT(mip->mi_nactiveclients == 0); 569 ASSERT(mip->mi_single_active_client == NULL); 570 ASSERT(mip->mi_state_flags == 0); 571 ASSERT(mip->mi_factory_addr == NULL); 572 ASSERT(mip->mi_factory_addr_num == 0); 573 ASSERT(mip->mi_default_tx_ring == NULL); 574 575 mcbi = &mip->mi_notify_cb_info; 576 ASSERT(mcbi->mcbi_del_cnt == 0 && mcbi->mcbi_walker_cnt == 0); 577 ASSERT(mip->mi_notify_bits == 0); 578 ASSERT(mip->mi_notify_thread == NULL); 579 ASSERT(mcbi->mcbi_lockp == &mip->mi_notify_lock); 580 mcbi->mcbi_lockp = NULL; 581 582 mcbi = &mip->mi_promisc_cb_info; 583 ASSERT(mcbi->mcbi_del_cnt == 0 && mip->mi_promisc_list == NULL); 584 ASSERT(mip->mi_promisc_list == NULL); 585 ASSERT(mcbi->mcbi_lockp == &mip->mi_promisc_lock); 586 mcbi->mcbi_lockp = NULL; 587 588 ASSERT(mip->mi_bcast_ngrps == 0 && mip->mi_bcast_grp == NULL); 589 ASSERT(mip->mi_perim_owner == NULL && mip->mi_perim_ocnt == 0); 590 591 rw_destroy(&mip->mi_rw_lock); 592 593 mutex_destroy(&mip->mi_promisc_lock); 594 cv_destroy(&mip->mi_promisc_cb_info.mcbi_cv); 595 mutex_destroy(&mip->mi_notify_lock); 596 cv_destroy(&mip->mi_notify_cb_info.mcbi_cv); 597 mutex_destroy(&mip->mi_ring_lock); 598 599 ASSERT(mip->mi_bridge_link == NULL); 600 } 601 602 /* ARGSUSED */ 603 static int 604 i_mac_ring_ctor(void *buf, void *arg, int kmflag) 605 { 606 mac_ring_t *ring = (mac_ring_t *)buf; 607 608 bzero(ring, sizeof (mac_ring_t)); 609 cv_init(&ring->mr_cv, NULL, CV_DEFAULT, NULL); 610 mutex_init(&ring->mr_lock, NULL, MUTEX_DEFAULT, NULL); 611 ring->mr_state = MR_FREE; 612 return (0); 613 } 614 615 /* ARGSUSED */ 616 static void 617 i_mac_ring_dtor(void *buf, void *arg) 618 { 619 mac_ring_t *ring = (mac_ring_t *)buf; 620 621 cv_destroy(&ring->mr_cv); 622 mutex_destroy(&ring->mr_lock); 623 } 624 625 /* 626 * Common functions to do mac callback addition and deletion. Currently this is 627 * used by promisc callbacks and notify callbacks. List addition and deletion 628 * need to take care of list walkers. List walkers in general, can't hold list 629 * locks and make upcall callbacks due to potential lock order and recursive 630 * reentry issues. Instead list walkers increment the list walker count to mark 631 * the presence of a walker thread. Addition can be carefully done to ensure 632 * that the list walker always sees either the old list or the new list. 633 * However the deletion can't be done while the walker is active, instead the 634 * deleting thread simply marks the entry as logically deleted. The last walker 635 * physically deletes and frees up the logically deleted entries when the walk 636 * is complete. 637 */ 638 void 639 mac_callback_add(mac_cb_info_t *mcbi, mac_cb_t **mcb_head, 640 mac_cb_t *mcb_elem) 641 { 642 mac_cb_t *p; 643 mac_cb_t **pp; 644 645 /* Verify it is not already in the list */ 646 for (pp = mcb_head; (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &p->mcb_nextp) { 647 if (p == mcb_elem) 648 break; 649 } 650 VERIFY(p == NULL); 651 652 /* 653 * Add it to the head of the callback list. The membar ensures that 654 * the following list pointer manipulations reach global visibility 655 * in exactly the program order below. 656 */ 657 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(mcbi->mcbi_lockp)); 658 659 mcb_elem->mcb_nextp = *mcb_head; 660 membar_producer(); 661 *mcb_head = mcb_elem; 662 } 663 664 /* 665 * Mark the entry as logically deleted. If there aren't any walkers unlink 666 * from the list. In either case return the corresponding status. 667 */ 668 boolean_t 669 mac_callback_remove(mac_cb_info_t *mcbi, mac_cb_t **mcb_head, 670 mac_cb_t *mcb_elem) 671 { 672 mac_cb_t *p; 673 mac_cb_t **pp; 674 675 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(mcbi->mcbi_lockp)); 676 /* 677 * Search the callback list for the entry to be removed 678 */ 679 for (pp = mcb_head; (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &p->mcb_nextp) { 680 if (p == mcb_elem) 681 break; 682 } 683 VERIFY(p != NULL); 684 685 /* 686 * If there are walkers just mark it as deleted and the last walker 687 * will remove from the list and free it. 688 */ 689 if (mcbi->mcbi_walker_cnt != 0) { 690 p->mcb_flags |= MCB_CONDEMNED; 691 mcbi->mcbi_del_cnt++; 692 return (B_FALSE); 693 } 694 695 ASSERT(mcbi->mcbi_del_cnt == 0); 696 *pp = p->mcb_nextp; 697 p->mcb_nextp = NULL; 698 return (B_TRUE); 699 } 700 701 /* 702 * Wait for all pending callback removals to be completed 703 */ 704 void 705 mac_callback_remove_wait(mac_cb_info_t *mcbi) 706 { 707 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(mcbi->mcbi_lockp)); 708 while (mcbi->mcbi_del_cnt != 0) { 709 DTRACE_PROBE1(need_wait, mac_cb_info_t *, mcbi); 710 cv_wait(&mcbi->mcbi_cv, mcbi->mcbi_lockp); 711 } 712 } 713 714 void 715 mac_callback_barrier(mac_cb_info_t *mcbi) 716 { 717 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(mcbi->mcbi_lockp)); 718 ASSERT3U(mcbi->mcbi_barrier_cnt, <, UINT_MAX); 719 720 if (mcbi->mcbi_walker_cnt == 0) { 721 return; 722 } 723 724 mcbi->mcbi_barrier_cnt++; 725 do { 726 cv_wait(&mcbi->mcbi_cv, mcbi->mcbi_lockp); 727 } while (mcbi->mcbi_walker_cnt > 0); 728 mcbi->mcbi_barrier_cnt--; 729 cv_broadcast(&mcbi->mcbi_cv); 730 } 731 732 void 733 mac_callback_walker_enter(mac_cb_info_t *mcbi) 734 { 735 mutex_enter(mcbi->mcbi_lockp); 736 /* 737 * Incoming walkers should give precedence to timely clean-up of 738 * deleted callback entries and requested barriers. 739 */ 740 while (mcbi->mcbi_del_cnt > 0 || mcbi->mcbi_barrier_cnt > 0) { 741 cv_wait(&mcbi->mcbi_cv, mcbi->mcbi_lockp); 742 } 743 mcbi->mcbi_walker_cnt++; 744 mutex_exit(mcbi->mcbi_lockp); 745 } 746 747 /* 748 * The last mac callback walker does the cleanup. Walk the list and unlik 749 * all the logically deleted entries and construct a temporary list of 750 * removed entries. Return the list of removed entries to the caller. 751 */ 752 static mac_cb_t * 753 mac_callback_walker_cleanup(mac_cb_info_t *mcbi, mac_cb_t **mcb_head) 754 { 755 mac_cb_t *p; 756 mac_cb_t **pp; 757 mac_cb_t *rmlist = NULL; /* List of removed elements */ 758 int cnt = 0; 759 760 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(mcbi->mcbi_lockp)); 761 ASSERT(mcbi->mcbi_del_cnt != 0 && mcbi->mcbi_walker_cnt == 0); 762 763 pp = mcb_head; 764 while (*pp != NULL) { 765 if ((*pp)->mcb_flags & MCB_CONDEMNED) { 766 p = *pp; 767 *pp = p->mcb_nextp; 768 p->mcb_nextp = rmlist; 769 rmlist = p; 770 cnt++; 771 continue; 772 } 773 pp = &(*pp)->mcb_nextp; 774 } 775 776 ASSERT(mcbi->mcbi_del_cnt == cnt); 777 mcbi->mcbi_del_cnt = 0; 778 return (rmlist); 779 } 780 781 void 782 mac_callback_walker_exit(mac_cb_info_t *mcbi, mac_cb_t **headp, 783 boolean_t is_promisc) 784 { 785 boolean_t do_wake = B_FALSE; 786 787 mutex_enter(mcbi->mcbi_lockp); 788 789 /* If walkers remain, nothing more can be done for now */ 790 if (--mcbi->mcbi_walker_cnt != 0) { 791 mutex_exit(mcbi->mcbi_lockp); 792 return; 793 } 794 795 if (mcbi->mcbi_del_cnt != 0) { 796 mac_cb_t *rmlist; 797 798 rmlist = mac_callback_walker_cleanup(mcbi, headp); 799 800 if (!is_promisc) { 801 /* The "normal" non-promisc callback clean-up */ 802 mac_callback_free(rmlist); 803 } else { 804 mac_cb_t *mcb, *mcb_next; 805 806 /* 807 * The promisc callbacks are in 2 lists, one off the 808 * 'mip' and another off the 'mcip' threaded by 809 * mpi_mi_link and mpi_mci_link respectively. There 810 * is, however, only a single shared total walker 811 * count, and an entry cannot be physically unlinked if 812 * a walker is active on either list. The last walker 813 * does this cleanup of logically deleted entries. 814 * 815 * With a list of callbacks deleted from above from 816 * mi_promisc_list (headp), remove the corresponding 817 * entry from mci_promisc_list (headp_pair) and free 818 * the structure. 819 */ 820 for (mcb = rmlist; mcb != NULL; mcb = mcb_next) { 821 mac_promisc_impl_t *mpip; 822 mac_client_impl_t *mcip; 823 824 mcb_next = mcb->mcb_nextp; 825 mpip = (mac_promisc_impl_t *)mcb->mcb_objp; 826 mcip = mpip->mpi_mcip; 827 828 ASSERT3P(&mcip->mci_mip->mi_promisc_cb_info, 829 ==, mcbi); 830 ASSERT3P(&mcip->mci_mip->mi_promisc_list, 831 ==, headp); 832 833 VERIFY(mac_callback_remove(mcbi, 834 &mcip->mci_promisc_list, 835 &mpip->mpi_mci_link)); 836 mcb->mcb_flags = 0; 837 mcb->mcb_nextp = NULL; 838 kmem_cache_free(mac_promisc_impl_cache, mpip); 839 } 840 } 841 842 /* 843 * Wake any walker threads that could be waiting in 844 * mac_callback_walker_enter() until deleted items have been 845 * cleaned from the list. 846 */ 847 do_wake = B_TRUE; 848 } 849 850 if (mcbi->mcbi_barrier_cnt != 0) { 851 /* 852 * One or more threads are waiting for all walkers to exit the 853 * callback list. Notify them, now that the list is clear. 854 */ 855 do_wake = B_TRUE; 856 } 857 858 if (do_wake) { 859 cv_broadcast(&mcbi->mcbi_cv); 860 } 861 mutex_exit(mcbi->mcbi_lockp); 862 } 863 864 static boolean_t 865 mac_callback_lookup(mac_cb_t **mcb_headp, mac_cb_t *mcb_elem) 866 { 867 mac_cb_t *mcb; 868 869 /* Verify it is not already in the list */ 870 for (mcb = *mcb_headp; mcb != NULL; mcb = mcb->mcb_nextp) { 871 if (mcb == mcb_elem) 872 return (B_TRUE); 873 } 874 875 return (B_FALSE); 876 } 877 878 static boolean_t 879 mac_callback_find(mac_cb_info_t *mcbi, mac_cb_t **mcb_headp, mac_cb_t *mcb_elem) 880 { 881 boolean_t found; 882 883 mutex_enter(mcbi->mcbi_lockp); 884 found = mac_callback_lookup(mcb_headp, mcb_elem); 885 mutex_exit(mcbi->mcbi_lockp); 886 887 return (found); 888 } 889 890 /* Free the list of removed callbacks */ 891 void 892 mac_callback_free(mac_cb_t *rmlist) 893 { 894 mac_cb_t *mcb; 895 mac_cb_t *mcb_next; 896 897 for (mcb = rmlist; mcb != NULL; mcb = mcb_next) { 898 mcb_next = mcb->mcb_nextp; 899 kmem_free(mcb->mcb_objp, mcb->mcb_objsize); 900 } 901 } 902 903 void 904 i_mac_notify(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_notify_type_t type) 905 { 906 mac_cb_info_t *mcbi; 907 908 /* 909 * Signal the notify thread even after mi_ref has become zero and 910 * mi_disabled is set. The synchronization with the notify thread 911 * happens in mac_unregister and that implies the driver must make 912 * sure it is single-threaded (with respect to mac calls) and that 913 * all pending mac calls have returned before it calls mac_unregister 914 */ 915 rw_enter(&i_mac_impl_lock, RW_READER); 916 if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_DISABLED) 917 goto exit; 918 919 /* 920 * Guard against incorrect notifications. (Running a newer 921 * mac client against an older implementation?) 922 */ 923 if (type >= MAC_NNOTE) 924 goto exit; 925 926 mcbi = &mip->mi_notify_cb_info; 927 mutex_enter(mcbi->mcbi_lockp); 928 mip->mi_notify_bits |= (1 << type); 929 cv_broadcast(&mcbi->mcbi_cv); 930 mutex_exit(mcbi->mcbi_lockp); 931 932 exit: 933 rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock); 934 } 935 936 /* 937 * Mac serialization primitives. Please see the block comment at the 938 * top of the file. 939 */ 940 void 941 i_mac_perim_enter(mac_impl_t *mip) 942 { 943 mac_client_impl_t *mcip; 944 945 if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC) { 946 /* 947 * This is a VNIC. Return the lower mac since that is what 948 * we want to serialize on. 949 */ 950 mcip = mac_vnic_lower(mip); 951 mip = mcip->mci_mip; 952 } 953 954 mutex_enter(&mip->mi_perim_lock); 955 if (mip->mi_perim_owner == curthread) { 956 mip->mi_perim_ocnt++; 957 mutex_exit(&mip->mi_perim_lock); 958 return; 959 } 960 961 while (mip->mi_perim_owner != NULL) 962 cv_wait(&mip->mi_perim_cv, &mip->mi_perim_lock); 963 964 mip->mi_perim_owner = curthread; 965 ASSERT(mip->mi_perim_ocnt == 0); 966 mip->mi_perim_ocnt++; 967 #ifdef DEBUG 968 mip->mi_perim_stack_depth = getpcstack(mip->mi_perim_stack, 969 MAC_PERIM_STACK_DEPTH); 970 #endif 971 mutex_exit(&mip->mi_perim_lock); 972 } 973 974 int 975 i_mac_perim_enter_nowait(mac_impl_t *mip) 976 { 977 /* 978 * The vnic is a special case, since the serialization is done based 979 * on the lower mac. If the lower mac is busy, it does not imply the 980 * vnic can't be unregistered. But in the case of other drivers, 981 * a busy perimeter or open mac handles implies that the mac is busy 982 * and can't be unregistered. 983 */ 984 if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC) { 985 i_mac_perim_enter(mip); 986 return (0); 987 } 988 989 mutex_enter(&mip->mi_perim_lock); 990 if (mip->mi_perim_owner != NULL) { 991 mutex_exit(&mip->mi_perim_lock); 992 return (EBUSY); 993 } 994 ASSERT(mip->mi_perim_ocnt == 0); 995 mip->mi_perim_owner = curthread; 996 mip->mi_perim_ocnt++; 997 mutex_exit(&mip->mi_perim_lock); 998 999 return (0); 1000 } 1001 1002 void 1003 i_mac_perim_exit(mac_impl_t *mip) 1004 { 1005 mac_client_impl_t *mcip; 1006 1007 if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC) { 1008 /* 1009 * This is a VNIC. Return the lower mac since that is what 1010 * we want to serialize on. 1011 */ 1012 mcip = mac_vnic_lower(mip); 1013 mip = mcip->mci_mip; 1014 } 1015 1016 ASSERT(mip->mi_perim_owner == curthread && mip->mi_perim_ocnt != 0); 1017 1018 mutex_enter(&mip->mi_perim_lock); 1019 if (--mip->mi_perim_ocnt == 0) { 1020 mip->mi_perim_owner = NULL; 1021 cv_signal(&mip->mi_perim_cv); 1022 } 1023 mutex_exit(&mip->mi_perim_lock); 1024 } 1025 1026 /* 1027 * Returns whether the current thread holds the mac perimeter. Used in making 1028 * assertions. 1029 */ 1030 boolean_t 1031 mac_perim_held(mac_handle_t mh) 1032 { 1033 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 1034 mac_client_impl_t *mcip; 1035 1036 if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC) { 1037 /* 1038 * This is a VNIC. Return the lower mac since that is what 1039 * we want to serialize on. 1040 */ 1041 mcip = mac_vnic_lower(mip); 1042 mip = mcip->mci_mip; 1043 } 1044 return (mip->mi_perim_owner == curthread); 1045 } 1046 1047 /* 1048 * mac client interfaces to enter the mac perimeter of a mac end point, given 1049 * its mac handle, or macname or linkid. 1050 */ 1051 void 1052 mac_perim_enter_by_mh(mac_handle_t mh, mac_perim_handle_t *mphp) 1053 { 1054 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 1055 1056 i_mac_perim_enter(mip); 1057 /* 1058 * The mac_perim_handle_t returned encodes the 'mip' and whether a 1059 * mac_open has been done internally while entering the perimeter. 1060 * This information is used in mac_perim_exit 1061 */ 1062 MAC_ENCODE_MPH(*mphp, mip, 0); 1063 } 1064 1065 int 1066 mac_perim_enter_by_macname(const char *name, mac_perim_handle_t *mphp) 1067 { 1068 int err; 1069 mac_handle_t mh; 1070 1071 if ((err = mac_open(name, &mh)) != 0) 1072 return (err); 1073 1074 mac_perim_enter_by_mh(mh, mphp); 1075 MAC_ENCODE_MPH(*mphp, mh, 1); 1076 return (0); 1077 } 1078 1079 int 1080 mac_perim_enter_by_linkid(datalink_id_t linkid, mac_perim_handle_t *mphp) 1081 { 1082 int err; 1083 mac_handle_t mh; 1084 1085 if ((err = mac_open_by_linkid(linkid, &mh)) != 0) 1086 return (err); 1087 1088 mac_perim_enter_by_mh(mh, mphp); 1089 MAC_ENCODE_MPH(*mphp, mh, 1); 1090 return (0); 1091 } 1092 1093 void 1094 mac_perim_exit(mac_perim_handle_t mph) 1095 { 1096 mac_impl_t *mip; 1097 boolean_t need_close; 1098 1099 MAC_DECODE_MPH(mph, mip, need_close); 1100 i_mac_perim_exit(mip); 1101 if (need_close) 1102 mac_close((mac_handle_t)mip); 1103 } 1104 1105 int 1106 mac_hold(const char *macname, mac_impl_t **pmip) 1107 { 1108 mac_impl_t *mip; 1109 int err; 1110 1111 /* 1112 * Check the device name length to make sure it won't overflow our 1113 * buffer. 1114 */ 1115 if (strlen(macname) >= MAXNAMELEN) 1116 return (EINVAL); 1117 1118 /* 1119 * Look up its entry in the global hash table. 1120 */ 1121 rw_enter(&i_mac_impl_lock, RW_WRITER); 1122 err = mod_hash_find(i_mac_impl_hash, (mod_hash_key_t)macname, 1123 (mod_hash_val_t *)&mip); 1124 1125 if (err != 0) { 1126 rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock); 1127 return (ENOENT); 1128 } 1129 1130 if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_DISABLED) { 1131 rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock); 1132 return (ENOENT); 1133 } 1134 1135 if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_EXCLUSIVE_HELD) { 1136 rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock); 1137 return (EBUSY); 1138 } 1139 1140 mip->mi_ref++; 1141 rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock); 1142 1143 *pmip = mip; 1144 return (0); 1145 } 1146 1147 void 1148 mac_rele(mac_impl_t *mip) 1149 { 1150 rw_enter(&i_mac_impl_lock, RW_WRITER); 1151 ASSERT(mip->mi_ref != 0); 1152 if (--mip->mi_ref == 0) { 1153 ASSERT(mip->mi_nactiveclients == 0 && 1154 !(mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_EXCLUSIVE)); 1155 } 1156 rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock); 1157 } 1158 1159 /* 1160 * Private GLDv3 function to start a MAC instance. 1161 */ 1162 int 1163 mac_start(mac_handle_t mh) 1164 { 1165 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 1166 int err = 0; 1167 mac_group_t *defgrp; 1168 1169 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip)); 1170 ASSERT(mip->mi_start != NULL); 1171 1172 /* 1173 * Check whether the device is already started. 1174 */ 1175 if (mip->mi_active++ == 0) { 1176 mac_ring_t *ring = NULL; 1177 1178 /* 1179 * Start the device. 1180 */ 1181 err = mip->mi_start(mip->mi_driver); 1182 if (err != 0) { 1183 mip->mi_active--; 1184 return (err); 1185 } 1186 1187 /* 1188 * Start the default tx ring. 1189 */ 1190 if (mip->mi_default_tx_ring != NULL) { 1191 1192 ring = (mac_ring_t *)mip->mi_default_tx_ring; 1193 if (ring->mr_state != MR_INUSE) { 1194 err = mac_start_ring(ring); 1195 if (err != 0) { 1196 mip->mi_active--; 1197 return (err); 1198 } 1199 } 1200 } 1201 1202 if ((defgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip)) != NULL) { 1203 /* 1204 * Start the default group which is responsible 1205 * for receiving broadcast and multicast 1206 * traffic for both primary and non-primary 1207 * MAC clients. 1208 */ 1209 ASSERT(defgrp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED); 1210 err = mac_start_group_and_rings(defgrp); 1211 if (err != 0) { 1212 mip->mi_active--; 1213 if ((ring != NULL) && 1214 (ring->mr_state == MR_INUSE)) 1215 mac_stop_ring(ring); 1216 return (err); 1217 } 1218 mac_set_group_state(defgrp, MAC_GROUP_STATE_SHARED); 1219 } 1220 } 1221 1222 return (err); 1223 } 1224 1225 /* 1226 * Private GLDv3 function to stop a MAC instance. 1227 */ 1228 void 1229 mac_stop(mac_handle_t mh) 1230 { 1231 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 1232 mac_group_t *grp; 1233 1234 ASSERT(mip->mi_stop != NULL); 1235 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip)); 1236 1237 /* 1238 * Check whether the device is still needed. 1239 */ 1240 ASSERT(mip->mi_active != 0); 1241 if (--mip->mi_active == 0) { 1242 if ((grp = MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip)) != NULL) { 1243 /* 1244 * There should be no more active clients since the 1245 * MAC is being stopped. Stop the default RX group 1246 * and transition it back to registered state. 1247 * 1248 * When clients are torn down, the groups 1249 * are release via mac_release_rx_group which 1250 * knows the the default group is always in 1251 * started mode since broadcast uses it. So 1252 * we can assert that their are no clients 1253 * (since mac_bcast_add doesn't register itself 1254 * as a client) and group is in SHARED state. 1255 */ 1256 ASSERT(grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_SHARED); 1257 ASSERT(MAC_GROUP_NO_CLIENT(grp) && 1258 mip->mi_nactiveclients == 0); 1259 mac_stop_group_and_rings(grp); 1260 mac_set_group_state(grp, MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED); 1261 } 1262 1263 if (mip->mi_default_tx_ring != NULL) { 1264 mac_ring_t *ring; 1265 1266 ring = (mac_ring_t *)mip->mi_default_tx_ring; 1267 if (ring->mr_state == MR_INUSE) { 1268 mac_stop_ring(ring); 1269 ring->mr_flag = 0; 1270 } 1271 } 1272 1273 /* 1274 * Stop the device. 1275 */ 1276 mip->mi_stop(mip->mi_driver); 1277 } 1278 } 1279 1280 int 1281 i_mac_promisc_set(mac_impl_t *mip, boolean_t on) 1282 { 1283 int err = 0; 1284 1285 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip)); 1286 ASSERT(mip->mi_setpromisc != NULL); 1287 1288 if (on) { 1289 /* 1290 * Enable promiscuous mode on the device if not yet enabled. 1291 */ 1292 if (mip->mi_devpromisc++ == 0) { 1293 err = mip->mi_setpromisc(mip->mi_driver, B_TRUE); 1294 if (err != 0) { 1295 mip->mi_devpromisc--; 1296 return (err); 1297 } 1298 i_mac_notify(mip, MAC_NOTE_DEVPROMISC); 1299 } 1300 } else { 1301 if (mip->mi_devpromisc == 0) 1302 return (EPROTO); 1303 1304 /* 1305 * Disable promiscuous mode on the device if this is the last 1306 * enabling. 1307 */ 1308 if (--mip->mi_devpromisc == 0) { 1309 err = mip->mi_setpromisc(mip->mi_driver, B_FALSE); 1310 if (err != 0) { 1311 mip->mi_devpromisc++; 1312 return (err); 1313 } 1314 i_mac_notify(mip, MAC_NOTE_DEVPROMISC); 1315 } 1316 } 1317 1318 return (0); 1319 } 1320 1321 /* 1322 * The promiscuity state can change any time. If the caller needs to take 1323 * actions that are atomic with the promiscuity state, then the caller needs 1324 * to bracket the entire sequence with mac_perim_enter/exit 1325 */ 1326 boolean_t 1327 mac_promisc_get(mac_handle_t mh) 1328 { 1329 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 1330 1331 /* 1332 * Return the current promiscuity. 1333 */ 1334 return (mip->mi_devpromisc != 0); 1335 } 1336 1337 /* 1338 * Invoked at MAC instance attach time to initialize the list 1339 * of factory MAC addresses supported by a MAC instance. This function 1340 * builds a local cache in the mac_impl_t for the MAC addresses 1341 * supported by the underlying hardware. The MAC clients themselves 1342 * use the mac_addr_factory*() functions to query and reserve 1343 * factory MAC addresses. 1344 */ 1345 void 1346 mac_addr_factory_init(mac_impl_t *mip) 1347 { 1348 mac_capab_multifactaddr_t capab; 1349 uint8_t *addr; 1350 int i; 1351 1352 /* 1353 * First round to see how many factory MAC addresses are available. 1354 */ 1355 bzero(&capab, sizeof (capab)); 1356 if (!i_mac_capab_get((mac_handle_t)mip, MAC_CAPAB_MULTIFACTADDR, 1357 &capab) || (capab.mcm_naddr == 0)) { 1358 /* 1359 * The MAC instance doesn't support multiple factory 1360 * MAC addresses, we're done here. 1361 */ 1362 return; 1363 } 1364 1365 /* 1366 * Allocate the space and get all the factory addresses. 1367 */ 1368 addr = kmem_alloc(capab.mcm_naddr * MAXMACADDRLEN, KM_SLEEP); 1369 capab.mcm_getaddr(mip->mi_driver, capab.mcm_naddr, addr); 1370 1371 mip->mi_factory_addr_num = capab.mcm_naddr; 1372 mip->mi_factory_addr = kmem_zalloc(mip->mi_factory_addr_num * 1373 sizeof (mac_factory_addr_t), KM_SLEEP); 1374 1375 for (i = 0; i < capab.mcm_naddr; i++) { 1376 bcopy(addr + i * MAXMACADDRLEN, 1377 mip->mi_factory_addr[i].mfa_addr, 1378 mip->mi_type->mt_addr_length); 1379 mip->mi_factory_addr[i].mfa_in_use = B_FALSE; 1380 } 1381 1382 kmem_free(addr, capab.mcm_naddr * MAXMACADDRLEN); 1383 } 1384 1385 void 1386 mac_addr_factory_fini(mac_impl_t *mip) 1387 { 1388 if (mip->mi_factory_addr == NULL) { 1389 ASSERT(mip->mi_factory_addr_num == 0); 1390 return; 1391 } 1392 1393 kmem_free(mip->mi_factory_addr, mip->mi_factory_addr_num * 1394 sizeof (mac_factory_addr_t)); 1395 1396 mip->mi_factory_addr = NULL; 1397 mip->mi_factory_addr_num = 0; 1398 } 1399 1400 /* 1401 * Reserve a factory MAC address. If *slot is set to -1, the function 1402 * attempts to reserve any of the available factory MAC addresses and 1403 * returns the reserved slot id. If no slots are available, the function 1404 * returns ENOSPC. If *slot is not set to -1, the function reserves 1405 * the specified slot if it is available, or returns EBUSY is the slot 1406 * is already used. Returns ENOTSUP if the underlying MAC does not 1407 * support multiple factory addresses. If the slot number is not -1 but 1408 * is invalid, returns EINVAL. 1409 */ 1410 int 1411 mac_addr_factory_reserve(mac_client_handle_t mch, int *slot) 1412 { 1413 mac_client_impl_t *mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch; 1414 mac_impl_t *mip = mcip->mci_mip; 1415 int i, ret = 0; 1416 1417 i_mac_perim_enter(mip); 1418 /* 1419 * Protect against concurrent readers that may need a self-consistent 1420 * view of the factory addresses 1421 */ 1422 rw_enter(&mip->mi_rw_lock, RW_WRITER); 1423 1424 if (mip->mi_factory_addr_num == 0) { 1425 ret = ENOTSUP; 1426 goto bail; 1427 } 1428 1429 if (*slot != -1) { 1430 /* check the specified slot */ 1431 if (*slot < 1 || *slot > mip->mi_factory_addr_num) { 1432 ret = EINVAL; 1433 goto bail; 1434 } 1435 if (mip->mi_factory_addr[*slot-1].mfa_in_use) { 1436 ret = EBUSY; 1437 goto bail; 1438 } 1439 } else { 1440 /* pick the next available slot */ 1441 for (i = 0; i < mip->mi_factory_addr_num; i++) { 1442 if (!mip->mi_factory_addr[i].mfa_in_use) 1443 break; 1444 } 1445 1446 if (i == mip->mi_factory_addr_num) { 1447 ret = ENOSPC; 1448 goto bail; 1449 } 1450 *slot = i+1; 1451 } 1452 1453 mip->mi_factory_addr[*slot-1].mfa_in_use = B_TRUE; 1454 mip->mi_factory_addr[*slot-1].mfa_client = mcip; 1455 1456 bail: 1457 rw_exit(&mip->mi_rw_lock); 1458 i_mac_perim_exit(mip); 1459 return (ret); 1460 } 1461 1462 /* 1463 * Release the specified factory MAC address slot. 1464 */ 1465 void 1466 mac_addr_factory_release(mac_client_handle_t mch, uint_t slot) 1467 { 1468 mac_client_impl_t *mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch; 1469 mac_impl_t *mip = mcip->mci_mip; 1470 1471 i_mac_perim_enter(mip); 1472 /* 1473 * Protect against concurrent readers that may need a self-consistent 1474 * view of the factory addresses 1475 */ 1476 rw_enter(&mip->mi_rw_lock, RW_WRITER); 1477 1478 ASSERT(slot > 0 && slot <= mip->mi_factory_addr_num); 1479 ASSERT(mip->mi_factory_addr[slot-1].mfa_in_use); 1480 1481 mip->mi_factory_addr[slot-1].mfa_in_use = B_FALSE; 1482 1483 rw_exit(&mip->mi_rw_lock); 1484 i_mac_perim_exit(mip); 1485 } 1486 1487 /* 1488 * Stores in mac_addr the value of the specified MAC address. Returns 1489 * 0 on success, or EINVAL if the slot number is not valid for the MAC. 1490 * The caller must provide a string of at least MAXNAMELEN bytes. 1491 */ 1492 void 1493 mac_addr_factory_value(mac_handle_t mh, int slot, uchar_t *mac_addr, 1494 uint_t *addr_len, char *client_name, boolean_t *in_use_arg) 1495 { 1496 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 1497 boolean_t in_use; 1498 1499 ASSERT(slot > 0 && slot <= mip->mi_factory_addr_num); 1500 1501 /* 1502 * Readers need to hold mi_rw_lock. Writers need to hold mac perimeter 1503 * and mi_rw_lock 1504 */ 1505 rw_enter(&mip->mi_rw_lock, RW_READER); 1506 bcopy(mip->mi_factory_addr[slot-1].mfa_addr, mac_addr, MAXMACADDRLEN); 1507 *addr_len = mip->mi_type->mt_addr_length; 1508 in_use = mip->mi_factory_addr[slot-1].mfa_in_use; 1509 if (in_use && client_name != NULL) { 1510 bcopy(mip->mi_factory_addr[slot-1].mfa_client->mci_name, 1511 client_name, MAXNAMELEN); 1512 } 1513 if (in_use_arg != NULL) 1514 *in_use_arg = in_use; 1515 rw_exit(&mip->mi_rw_lock); 1516 } 1517 1518 /* 1519 * Returns the number of factory MAC addresses (in addition to the 1520 * primary MAC address), 0 if the underlying MAC doesn't support 1521 * that feature. 1522 */ 1523 uint_t 1524 mac_addr_factory_num(mac_handle_t mh) 1525 { 1526 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 1527 1528 return (mip->mi_factory_addr_num); 1529 } 1530 1531 1532 void 1533 mac_rx_group_unmark(mac_group_t *grp, uint_t flag) 1534 { 1535 mac_ring_t *ring; 1536 1537 for (ring = grp->mrg_rings; ring != NULL; ring = ring->mr_next) 1538 ring->mr_flag &= ~flag; 1539 } 1540 1541 /* 1542 * The following mac_hwrings_xxx() functions are private mac client functions 1543 * used by the aggr driver to access and control the underlying HW Rx group 1544 * and rings. In this case, the aggr driver has exclusive control of the 1545 * underlying HW Rx group/rings, it calls the following functions to 1546 * start/stop the HW Rx rings, disable/enable polling, add/remove MAC 1547 * addresses, or set up the Rx callback. 1548 */ 1549 /* ARGSUSED */ 1550 static void 1551 mac_hwrings_rx_process(void *arg, mac_resource_handle_t srs, 1552 mblk_t *mp_chain, boolean_t loopback) 1553 { 1554 mac_soft_ring_set_t *mac_srs = (mac_soft_ring_set_t *)srs; 1555 mac_srs_rx_t *srs_rx = &mac_srs->srs_rx; 1556 mac_direct_rx_t proc; 1557 void *arg1; 1558 mac_resource_handle_t arg2; 1559 1560 proc = srs_rx->sr_func; 1561 arg1 = srs_rx->sr_arg1; 1562 arg2 = mac_srs->srs_mrh; 1563 1564 proc(arg1, arg2, mp_chain, NULL); 1565 } 1566 1567 /* 1568 * This function is called to get the list of HW rings that are reserved by 1569 * an exclusive mac client. 1570 * 1571 * Return value: the number of HW rings. 1572 */ 1573 int 1574 mac_hwrings_get(mac_client_handle_t mch, mac_group_handle_t *hwgh, 1575 mac_ring_handle_t *hwrh, mac_ring_type_t rtype) 1576 { 1577 mac_client_impl_t *mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch; 1578 flow_entry_t *flent = mcip->mci_flent; 1579 mac_group_t *grp; 1580 mac_ring_t *ring; 1581 int cnt = 0; 1582 1583 if (rtype == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX) { 1584 grp = flent->fe_rx_ring_group; 1585 } else if (rtype == MAC_RING_TYPE_TX) { 1586 grp = flent->fe_tx_ring_group; 1587 } else { 1588 ASSERT(B_FALSE); 1589 return (-1); 1590 } 1591 1592 /* 1593 * The MAC client did not reserve an Rx group, return directly. 1594 * This is probably because the underlying MAC does not support 1595 * any groups. 1596 */ 1597 if (hwgh != NULL) 1598 *hwgh = NULL; 1599 if (grp == NULL) 1600 return (0); 1601 /* 1602 * This group must be reserved by this MAC client. 1603 */ 1604 ASSERT((grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) && 1605 (mcip == MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(grp))); 1606 1607 for (ring = grp->mrg_rings; ring != NULL; ring = ring->mr_next, cnt++) { 1608 ASSERT(cnt < MAX_RINGS_PER_GROUP); 1609 hwrh[cnt] = (mac_ring_handle_t)ring; 1610 } 1611 if (hwgh != NULL) 1612 *hwgh = (mac_group_handle_t)grp; 1613 1614 return (cnt); 1615 } 1616 1617 /* 1618 * Get the HW ring handles of the given group index. If the MAC 1619 * doesn't have a group at this index, or any groups at all, then 0 is 1620 * returned and hwgh is set to NULL. This is a private client API. The 1621 * MAC perimeter must be held when calling this function. 1622 * 1623 * mh: A handle to the MAC that owns the group. 1624 * 1625 * idx: The index of the HW group to be read. 1626 * 1627 * hwgh: If non-NULL, contains a handle to the HW group on return. 1628 * 1629 * hwrh: An array of ring handles pointing to the HW rings in the 1630 * group. The array must be large enough to hold a handle to each ring 1631 * in the group. To be safe, this array should be of size MAX_RINGS_PER_GROUP. 1632 * 1633 * rtype: Used to determine if we are fetching Rx or Tx rings. 1634 * 1635 * Returns the number of rings in the group. 1636 */ 1637 uint_t 1638 mac_hwrings_idx_get(mac_handle_t mh, uint_t idx, mac_group_handle_t *hwgh, 1639 mac_ring_handle_t *hwrh, mac_ring_type_t rtype) 1640 { 1641 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 1642 mac_group_t *grp; 1643 mac_ring_t *ring; 1644 uint_t cnt = 0; 1645 1646 /* 1647 * The MAC perimeter must be held when accessing the 1648 * mi_{rx,tx}_groups fields. 1649 */ 1650 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD(mh)); 1651 ASSERT(rtype == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX || rtype == MAC_RING_TYPE_TX); 1652 1653 if (rtype == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX) { 1654 grp = mip->mi_rx_groups; 1655 } else { 1656 ASSERT(rtype == MAC_RING_TYPE_TX); 1657 grp = mip->mi_tx_groups; 1658 } 1659 1660 while (grp != NULL && grp->mrg_index != idx) 1661 grp = grp->mrg_next; 1662 1663 /* 1664 * If the MAC doesn't have a group at this index or doesn't 1665 * impelement RINGS capab, then set hwgh to NULL and return 0. 1666 */ 1667 if (hwgh != NULL) 1668 *hwgh = NULL; 1669 1670 if (grp == NULL) 1671 return (0); 1672 1673 ASSERT3U(idx, ==, grp->mrg_index); 1674 1675 for (ring = grp->mrg_rings; ring != NULL; ring = ring->mr_next, cnt++) { 1676 ASSERT3U(cnt, <, MAX_RINGS_PER_GROUP); 1677 hwrh[cnt] = (mac_ring_handle_t)ring; 1678 } 1679 1680 /* A group should always have at least one ring. */ 1681 ASSERT3U(cnt, >, 0); 1682 1683 if (hwgh != NULL) 1684 *hwgh = (mac_group_handle_t)grp; 1685 1686 return (cnt); 1687 } 1688 1689 /* 1690 * This function is called to get info about Tx/Rx rings. 1691 * 1692 * Return value: returns uint_t which will have various bits set 1693 * that indicates different properties of the ring. 1694 */ 1695 uint_t 1696 mac_hwring_getinfo(mac_ring_handle_t rh) 1697 { 1698 mac_ring_t *ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh; 1699 mac_ring_info_t *info = &ring->mr_info; 1700 1701 return (info->mri_flags); 1702 } 1703 1704 /* 1705 * Set the passthru callback on the hardware ring. 1706 */ 1707 void 1708 mac_hwring_set_passthru(mac_ring_handle_t hwrh, mac_rx_t fn, void *arg1, 1709 mac_resource_handle_t arg2) 1710 { 1711 mac_ring_t *hwring = (mac_ring_t *)hwrh; 1712 1713 ASSERT3S(hwring->mr_type, ==, MAC_RING_TYPE_RX); 1714 1715 hwring->mr_classify_type = MAC_PASSTHRU_CLASSIFIER; 1716 1717 hwring->mr_pt_fn = fn; 1718 hwring->mr_pt_arg1 = arg1; 1719 hwring->mr_pt_arg2 = arg2; 1720 } 1721 1722 /* 1723 * Clear the passthru callback on the hardware ring. 1724 */ 1725 void 1726 mac_hwring_clear_passthru(mac_ring_handle_t hwrh) 1727 { 1728 mac_ring_t *hwring = (mac_ring_t *)hwrh; 1729 1730 ASSERT3S(hwring->mr_type, ==, MAC_RING_TYPE_RX); 1731 1732 hwring->mr_classify_type = MAC_NO_CLASSIFIER; 1733 1734 hwring->mr_pt_fn = NULL; 1735 hwring->mr_pt_arg1 = NULL; 1736 hwring->mr_pt_arg2 = NULL; 1737 } 1738 1739 void 1740 mac_client_set_flow_cb(mac_client_handle_t mch, mac_rx_t func, void *arg1) 1741 { 1742 mac_client_impl_t *mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch; 1743 flow_entry_t *flent = mcip->mci_flent; 1744 1745 mutex_enter(&flent->fe_lock); 1746 flent->fe_cb_fn = (flow_fn_t)func; 1747 flent->fe_cb_arg1 = arg1; 1748 flent->fe_cb_arg2 = NULL; 1749 flent->fe_flags &= ~FE_MC_NO_DATAPATH; 1750 mutex_exit(&flent->fe_lock); 1751 } 1752 1753 void 1754 mac_client_clear_flow_cb(mac_client_handle_t mch) 1755 { 1756 mac_client_impl_t *mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch; 1757 flow_entry_t *flent = mcip->mci_flent; 1758 1759 mutex_enter(&flent->fe_lock); 1760 flent->fe_cb_fn = (flow_fn_t)mac_rx_def; 1761 flent->fe_cb_arg1 = NULL; 1762 flent->fe_cb_arg2 = NULL; 1763 flent->fe_flags |= FE_MC_NO_DATAPATH; 1764 mutex_exit(&flent->fe_lock); 1765 } 1766 1767 /* 1768 * Export ddi interrupt handles from the HW ring to the pseudo ring and 1769 * setup the RX callback of the mac client which exclusively controls 1770 * HW ring. 1771 */ 1772 void 1773 mac_hwring_setup(mac_ring_handle_t hwrh, mac_resource_handle_t prh, 1774 mac_ring_handle_t pseudo_rh) 1775 { 1776 mac_ring_t *hw_ring = (mac_ring_t *)hwrh; 1777 mac_ring_t *pseudo_ring; 1778 mac_soft_ring_set_t *mac_srs = hw_ring->mr_srs; 1779 1780 if (pseudo_rh != NULL) { 1781 pseudo_ring = (mac_ring_t *)pseudo_rh; 1782 /* Export the ddi handles to pseudo ring */ 1783 pseudo_ring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_handle = 1784 hw_ring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_handle; 1785 pseudo_ring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_shared = 1786 hw_ring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_shared; 1787 /* 1788 * Save a pointer to pseudo ring in the hw ring. If 1789 * interrupt handle changes, the hw ring will be 1790 * notified of the change (see mac_ring_intr_set()) 1791 * and the appropriate change has to be made to 1792 * the pseudo ring that has exported the ddi handle. 1793 */ 1794 hw_ring->mr_prh = pseudo_rh; 1795 } 1796 1797 if (hw_ring->mr_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX) { 1798 ASSERT(!(mac_srs->srs_type & SRST_TX)); 1799 mac_srs->srs_mrh = prh; 1800 mac_srs->srs_rx.sr_lower_proc = mac_hwrings_rx_process; 1801 } 1802 } 1803 1804 void 1805 mac_hwring_teardown(mac_ring_handle_t hwrh) 1806 { 1807 mac_ring_t *hw_ring = (mac_ring_t *)hwrh; 1808 mac_soft_ring_set_t *mac_srs; 1809 1810 if (hw_ring == NULL) 1811 return; 1812 hw_ring->mr_prh = NULL; 1813 if (hw_ring->mr_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX) { 1814 mac_srs = hw_ring->mr_srs; 1815 ASSERT(!(mac_srs->srs_type & SRST_TX)); 1816 mac_srs->srs_rx.sr_lower_proc = mac_rx_srs_process; 1817 mac_srs->srs_mrh = NULL; 1818 } 1819 } 1820 1821 int 1822 mac_hwring_disable_intr(mac_ring_handle_t rh) 1823 { 1824 mac_ring_t *rr_ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh; 1825 mac_intr_t *intr = &rr_ring->mr_info.mri_intr; 1826 1827 return (intr->mi_disable(intr->mi_handle)); 1828 } 1829 1830 int 1831 mac_hwring_enable_intr(mac_ring_handle_t rh) 1832 { 1833 mac_ring_t *rr_ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh; 1834 mac_intr_t *intr = &rr_ring->mr_info.mri_intr; 1835 1836 return (intr->mi_enable(intr->mi_handle)); 1837 } 1838 1839 /* 1840 * Start the HW ring pointed to by rh. 1841 * 1842 * This is used by special MAC clients that are MAC themselves and 1843 * need to exert control over the underlying HW rings of the NIC. 1844 */ 1845 int 1846 mac_hwring_start(mac_ring_handle_t rh) 1847 { 1848 mac_ring_t *rr_ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh; 1849 int rv = 0; 1850 1851 if (rr_ring->mr_state != MR_INUSE) 1852 rv = mac_start_ring(rr_ring); 1853 1854 return (rv); 1855 } 1856 1857 /* 1858 * Stop the HW ring pointed to by rh. Also see mac_hwring_start(). 1859 */ 1860 void 1861 mac_hwring_stop(mac_ring_handle_t rh) 1862 { 1863 mac_ring_t *rr_ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh; 1864 1865 if (rr_ring->mr_state != MR_FREE) 1866 mac_stop_ring(rr_ring); 1867 } 1868 1869 /* 1870 * Remove the quiesced flag from the HW ring pointed to by rh. 1871 * 1872 * This is used by special MAC clients that are MAC themselves and 1873 * need to exert control over the underlying HW rings of the NIC. 1874 */ 1875 int 1876 mac_hwring_activate(mac_ring_handle_t rh) 1877 { 1878 mac_ring_t *rr_ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh; 1879 1880 MAC_RING_UNMARK(rr_ring, MR_QUIESCE); 1881 return (0); 1882 } 1883 1884 /* 1885 * Quiesce the HW ring pointed to by rh. Also see mac_hwring_activate(). 1886 */ 1887 void 1888 mac_hwring_quiesce(mac_ring_handle_t rh) 1889 { 1890 mac_ring_t *rr_ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh; 1891 1892 mac_rx_ring_quiesce(rr_ring, MR_QUIESCE); 1893 } 1894 1895 mblk_t * 1896 mac_hwring_poll(mac_ring_handle_t rh, int bytes_to_pickup) 1897 { 1898 mac_ring_t *rr_ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh; 1899 mac_ring_info_t *info = &rr_ring->mr_info; 1900 1901 return (info->mri_poll(info->mri_driver, bytes_to_pickup)); 1902 } 1903 1904 /* 1905 * Send packets through a selected tx ring. 1906 */ 1907 mblk_t * 1908 mac_hwring_tx(mac_ring_handle_t rh, mblk_t *mp) 1909 { 1910 mac_ring_t *ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh; 1911 mac_ring_info_t *info = &ring->mr_info; 1912 1913 ASSERT(ring->mr_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_TX && 1914 ring->mr_state >= MR_INUSE); 1915 return (info->mri_tx(info->mri_driver, mp)); 1916 } 1917 1918 /* 1919 * Query stats for a particular rx/tx ring 1920 */ 1921 int 1922 mac_hwring_getstat(mac_ring_handle_t rh, uint_t stat, uint64_t *val) 1923 { 1924 mac_ring_t *ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh; 1925 mac_ring_info_t *info = &ring->mr_info; 1926 1927 return (info->mri_stat(info->mri_driver, stat, val)); 1928 } 1929 1930 /* 1931 * Private function that is only used by aggr to send packets through 1932 * a port/Tx ring. Since aggr exposes a pseudo Tx ring even for ports 1933 * that does not expose Tx rings, aggr_ring_tx() entry point needs 1934 * access to mac_impl_t to send packets through m_tx() entry point. 1935 * It accomplishes this by calling mac_hwring_send_priv() function. 1936 */ 1937 mblk_t * 1938 mac_hwring_send_priv(mac_client_handle_t mch, mac_ring_handle_t rh, mblk_t *mp) 1939 { 1940 mac_client_impl_t *mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch; 1941 mac_impl_t *mip = mcip->mci_mip; 1942 1943 return (mac_provider_tx(mip, rh, mp, mcip)); 1944 } 1945 1946 /* 1947 * Private function that is only used by aggr to update the default transmission 1948 * ring. Because aggr exposes a pseudo Tx ring even for ports that may 1949 * temporarily be down, it may need to update the default ring that is used by 1950 * MAC such that it refers to a link that can actively be used to send traffic. 1951 * Note that this is different from the case where the port has been removed 1952 * from the group. In those cases, all of the rings will be torn down because 1953 * the ring will no longer exist. It's important to give aggr a case where the 1954 * rings can still exist such that it may be able to continue to send LACP PDUs 1955 * to potentially restore the link. 1956 */ 1957 void 1958 mac_hwring_set_default(mac_handle_t mh, mac_ring_handle_t rh) 1959 { 1960 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 1961 mac_ring_t *ring = (mac_ring_t *)rh; 1962 1963 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD(mh)); 1964 VERIFY(mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_AGGR); 1965 1966 /* 1967 * We used to condition this assignment on the ring's 1968 * 'mr_state' being one of 'MR_INUSE'. However, there are 1969 * cases where this is called before the ring has any active 1970 * clients, and therefore is not marked as in use. Since the 1971 * sole purpose of this function is for aggr to make sure 1972 * 'mi_default_tx_ring' matches 'lg_tx_ports[0]', its 1973 * imperative that we update its value regardless of ring 1974 * state. Otherwise, we can end up in a state where 1975 * 'mi_default_tx_ring' points to a pseudo ring of a downed 1976 * port, even when 'lg_tx_ports[0]' points to a port that is 1977 * up. 1978 */ 1979 mip->mi_default_tx_ring = rh; 1980 } 1981 1982 int 1983 mac_hwgroup_addmac(mac_group_handle_t gh, const uint8_t *addr) 1984 { 1985 mac_group_t *group = (mac_group_t *)gh; 1986 1987 return (mac_group_addmac(group, addr)); 1988 } 1989 1990 int 1991 mac_hwgroup_remmac(mac_group_handle_t gh, const uint8_t *addr) 1992 { 1993 mac_group_t *group = (mac_group_t *)gh; 1994 1995 return (mac_group_remmac(group, addr)); 1996 } 1997 1998 /* 1999 * Program the group's HW VLAN filter if it has such support. 2000 * Otherwise, the group will implicitly accept tagged traffic and 2001 * there is nothing to do. 2002 */ 2003 int 2004 mac_hwgroup_addvlan(mac_group_handle_t gh, uint16_t vid) 2005 { 2006 mac_group_t *group = (mac_group_t *)gh; 2007 2008 if (!MAC_GROUP_HW_VLAN(group)) 2009 return (0); 2010 2011 return (mac_group_addvlan(group, vid)); 2012 } 2013 2014 int 2015 mac_hwgroup_remvlan(mac_group_handle_t gh, uint16_t vid) 2016 { 2017 mac_group_t *group = (mac_group_t *)gh; 2018 2019 if (!MAC_GROUP_HW_VLAN(group)) 2020 return (0); 2021 2022 return (mac_group_remvlan(group, vid)); 2023 } 2024 2025 /* 2026 * Determine if a MAC has HW VLAN support. This is a private API 2027 * consumed by aggr. In the future it might be nice to have a bitfield 2028 * in mac_capab_rings_t to track which forms of HW filtering are 2029 * supported by the MAC. 2030 */ 2031 boolean_t 2032 mac_has_hw_vlan(mac_handle_t mh) 2033 { 2034 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 2035 2036 return (MAC_GROUP_HW_VLAN(mip->mi_rx_groups)); 2037 } 2038 2039 /* 2040 * Get the number of Rx HW groups on this MAC. 2041 */ 2042 uint_t 2043 mac_get_num_rx_groups(mac_handle_t mh) 2044 { 2045 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 2046 2047 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD(mh)); 2048 return (mip->mi_rx_group_count); 2049 } 2050 2051 int 2052 mac_set_promisc(mac_handle_t mh, boolean_t value) 2053 { 2054 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 2055 2056 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD(mh)); 2057 return (i_mac_promisc_set(mip, value)); 2058 } 2059 2060 /* 2061 * Set the RX group to be shared/reserved. Note that the group must be 2062 * started/stopped outside of this function. 2063 */ 2064 void 2065 mac_set_group_state(mac_group_t *grp, mac_group_state_t state) 2066 { 2067 /* 2068 * If there is no change in the group state, just return. 2069 */ 2070 if (grp->mrg_state == state) 2071 return; 2072 2073 switch (state) { 2074 case MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED: 2075 /* 2076 * Successfully reserved the group. 2077 * 2078 * Given that there is an exclusive client controlling this 2079 * group, we enable the group level polling when available, 2080 * so that SRSs get to turn on/off individual rings they's 2081 * assigned to. 2082 */ 2083 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD(grp->mrg_mh)); 2084 2085 if (grp->mrg_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX && 2086 GROUP_INTR_DISABLE_FUNC(grp) != NULL) { 2087 GROUP_INTR_DISABLE_FUNC(grp)(GROUP_INTR_HANDLE(grp)); 2088 } 2089 break; 2090 2091 case MAC_GROUP_STATE_SHARED: 2092 /* 2093 * Set all rings of this group to software classified. 2094 * If the group has an overriding interrupt, then re-enable it. 2095 */ 2096 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD(grp->mrg_mh)); 2097 2098 if (grp->mrg_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX && 2099 GROUP_INTR_ENABLE_FUNC(grp) != NULL) { 2100 GROUP_INTR_ENABLE_FUNC(grp)(GROUP_INTR_HANDLE(grp)); 2101 } 2102 /* The ring is not available for reservations any more */ 2103 break; 2104 2105 case MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED: 2106 /* Also callable from mac_register, perim is not held */ 2107 break; 2108 2109 default: 2110 ASSERT(B_FALSE); 2111 break; 2112 } 2113 2114 grp->mrg_state = state; 2115 } 2116 2117 /* 2118 * Quiesce future hardware classified packets for the specified Rx ring 2119 */ 2120 static void 2121 mac_rx_ring_quiesce(mac_ring_t *rx_ring, uint_t ring_flag) 2122 { 2123 ASSERT(rx_ring->mr_classify_type == MAC_HW_CLASSIFIER); 2124 ASSERT(ring_flag == MR_CONDEMNED || ring_flag == MR_QUIESCE); 2125 2126 mutex_enter(&rx_ring->mr_lock); 2127 rx_ring->mr_flag |= ring_flag; 2128 while (rx_ring->mr_refcnt != 0) 2129 cv_wait(&rx_ring->mr_cv, &rx_ring->mr_lock); 2130 mutex_exit(&rx_ring->mr_lock); 2131 } 2132 2133 /* 2134 * Please see mac_tx for details about the per cpu locking scheme 2135 */ 2136 static void 2137 mac_tx_lock_all(mac_client_impl_t *mcip) 2138 { 2139 int i; 2140 2141 for (i = 0; i <= mac_tx_percpu_cnt; i++) 2142 mutex_enter(&mcip->mci_tx_pcpu[i].pcpu_tx_lock); 2143 } 2144 2145 static void 2146 mac_tx_unlock_all(mac_client_impl_t *mcip) 2147 { 2148 int i; 2149 2150 for (i = mac_tx_percpu_cnt; i >= 0; i--) 2151 mutex_exit(&mcip->mci_tx_pcpu[i].pcpu_tx_lock); 2152 } 2153 2154 static void 2155 mac_tx_unlock_allbutzero(mac_client_impl_t *mcip) 2156 { 2157 int i; 2158 2159 for (i = mac_tx_percpu_cnt; i > 0; i--) 2160 mutex_exit(&mcip->mci_tx_pcpu[i].pcpu_tx_lock); 2161 } 2162 2163 static int 2164 mac_tx_sum_refcnt(mac_client_impl_t *mcip) 2165 { 2166 int i; 2167 int refcnt = 0; 2168 2169 for (i = 0; i <= mac_tx_percpu_cnt; i++) 2170 refcnt += mcip->mci_tx_pcpu[i].pcpu_tx_refcnt; 2171 2172 return (refcnt); 2173 } 2174 2175 /* 2176 * Stop future Tx packets coming down from the client in preparation for 2177 * quiescing the Tx side. This is needed for dynamic reclaim and reassignment 2178 * of rings between clients 2179 */ 2180 void 2181 mac_tx_client_block(mac_client_impl_t *mcip) 2182 { 2183 mac_tx_lock_all(mcip); 2184 mcip->mci_tx_flag |= MCI_TX_QUIESCE; 2185 while (mac_tx_sum_refcnt(mcip) != 0) { 2186 mac_tx_unlock_allbutzero(mcip); 2187 cv_wait(&mcip->mci_tx_cv, &mcip->mci_tx_pcpu[0].pcpu_tx_lock); 2188 mutex_exit(&mcip->mci_tx_pcpu[0].pcpu_tx_lock); 2189 mac_tx_lock_all(mcip); 2190 } 2191 mac_tx_unlock_all(mcip); 2192 } 2193 2194 void 2195 mac_tx_client_unblock(mac_client_impl_t *mcip) 2196 { 2197 mac_tx_lock_all(mcip); 2198 mcip->mci_tx_flag &= ~MCI_TX_QUIESCE; 2199 mac_tx_unlock_all(mcip); 2200 /* 2201 * We may fail to disable flow control for the last MAC_NOTE_TX 2202 * notification because the MAC client is quiesced. Send the 2203 * notification again. 2204 */ 2205 i_mac_notify(mcip->mci_mip, MAC_NOTE_TX); 2206 } 2207 2208 /* 2209 * Wait for an SRS to quiesce. The SRS worker will signal us when the 2210 * quiesce is done. 2211 */ 2212 static void 2213 mac_srs_quiesce_wait(mac_soft_ring_set_t *srs, uint_t srs_flag) 2214 { 2215 mutex_enter(&srs->srs_lock); 2216 while (!(srs->srs_state & srs_flag)) 2217 cv_wait(&srs->srs_quiesce_done_cv, &srs->srs_lock); 2218 mutex_exit(&srs->srs_lock); 2219 } 2220 2221 /* 2222 * Quiescing an Rx SRS is achieved by the following sequence. The protocol 2223 * works bottom up by cutting off packet flow from the bottommost point in the 2224 * mac, then the SRS, and then the soft rings. There are 2 use cases of this 2225 * mechanism. One is a temporary quiesce of the SRS, such as say while changing 2226 * the Rx callbacks. Another use case is Rx SRS teardown. In the former case 2227 * the QUIESCE prefix/suffix is used and in the latter the CONDEMNED is used 2228 * for the SRS and MR flags. In the former case the threads pause waiting for 2229 * a restart, while in the latter case the threads exit. The Tx SRS teardown 2230 * is also mostly similar to the above. 2231 * 2232 * 1. Stop future hardware classified packets at the lowest level in the mac. 2233 * Remove any hardware classification rule (CONDEMNED case) and mark the 2234 * rings as CONDEMNED or QUIESCE as appropriate. This prevents the mr_refcnt 2235 * from increasing. Upcalls from the driver that come through hardware 2236 * classification will be dropped in mac_rx from now on. Then we wait for 2237 * the mr_refcnt to drop to zero. When the mr_refcnt reaches zero we are 2238 * sure there aren't any upcall threads from the driver through hardware 2239 * classification. In the case of SRS teardown we also remove the 2240 * classification rule in the driver. 2241 * 2242 * 2. Stop future software classified packets by marking the flow entry with 2243 * FE_QUIESCE or FE_CONDEMNED as appropriate which prevents the refcnt from 2244 * increasing. We also remove the flow entry from the table in the latter 2245 * case. Then wait for the fe_refcnt to reach an appropriate quiescent value 2246 * that indicates there aren't any active threads using that flow entry. 2247 * 2248 * 3. Quiesce the SRS and softrings by signaling the SRS. The SRS poll thread, 2249 * SRS worker thread, and the soft ring threads are quiesced in sequence 2250 * with the SRS worker thread serving as a master controller. This 2251 * mechansim is explained in mac_srs_worker_quiesce(). 2252 * 2253 * The restart mechanism to reactivate the SRS and softrings is explained 2254 * in mac_srs_worker_restart(). Here we just signal the SRS worker to start the 2255 * restart sequence. 2256 */ 2257 void 2258 mac_rx_srs_quiesce(mac_soft_ring_set_t *srs, uint_t srs_quiesce_flag) 2259 { 2260 flow_entry_t *flent = srs->srs_flent; 2261 uint_t mr_flag, srs_done_flag; 2262 2263 VERIFY(mac_perim_held((mac_handle_t)FLENT_TO_MIP(flent))); 2264 VERIFY0(srs->srs_type & SRST_TX); 2265 2266 if (srs_quiesce_flag == SRS_CONDEMNED) { 2267 mr_flag = MR_CONDEMNED; 2268 srs_done_flag = SRS_CONDEMNED_DONE; 2269 2270 if (srs->srs_type & SRST_CLIENT_POLL_V4) { 2271 mac_srs_client_poll_disable(srs->srs_mcip, srs, 2272 B_FALSE); 2273 } 2274 2275 if (srs->srs_type & SRST_CLIENT_POLL_V6) { 2276 mac_srs_client_poll_disable(srs->srs_mcip, srs, 2277 B_TRUE); 2278 } 2279 } else { 2280 VERIFY3U(srs_quiesce_flag, ==, SRS_QUIESCE); 2281 mr_flag = MR_QUIESCE; 2282 srs_done_flag = SRS_QUIESCE_DONE; 2283 mac_srs_client_poll_quiesce(srs->srs_mcip, srs); 2284 } 2285 2286 if (srs->srs_ring != NULL) { 2287 mac_rx_ring_quiesce(srs->srs_ring, mr_flag); 2288 } else { 2289 /* 2290 * SRS is driven by software classification. In case 2291 * of CONDEMNED, the top level teardown functions will 2292 * deal with flow removal. 2293 */ 2294 if (srs_quiesce_flag != SRS_CONDEMNED) { 2295 FLOW_MARK(flent, FE_QUIESCE); 2296 mac_flow_wait(flent, FLOW_DRIVER_UPCALL); 2297 } 2298 } 2299 2300 /* 2301 * Signal the SRS to quiesce itself, and then cv_wait for the 2302 * SRS quiesce to complete. The SRS worker thread will wake us 2303 * up when the quiesce is complete 2304 */ 2305 mac_srs_signal(srs, srs_quiesce_flag); 2306 mac_srs_quiesce_wait(srs, srs_done_flag); 2307 } 2308 2309 /* 2310 * Remove an SRS. 2311 */ 2312 void 2313 mac_rx_srs_remove(mac_soft_ring_set_t *srs) 2314 { 2315 flow_entry_t *flent = srs->srs_flent; 2316 int i; 2317 2318 mac_rx_srs_quiesce(srs, SRS_CONDEMNED); 2319 /* 2320 * Locate and remove our entry in the fe_rx_srs[] array, and 2321 * adjust the fe_rx_srs array entries and array count by 2322 * moving the last entry into the vacated spot. 2323 */ 2324 mutex_enter(&flent->fe_lock); 2325 for (i = 0; i < flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt; i++) { 2326 if (flent->fe_rx_srs[i] == srs) 2327 break; 2328 } 2329 2330 ASSERT(i != 0 && i < flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt); 2331 if (i != flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt - 1) { 2332 flent->fe_rx_srs[i] = 2333 flent->fe_rx_srs[flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt - 1]; 2334 i = flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt - 1; 2335 } 2336 2337 flent->fe_rx_srs[i] = NULL; 2338 flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt--; 2339 mutex_exit(&flent->fe_lock); 2340 2341 mac_srs_free(srs); 2342 } 2343 2344 static void 2345 mac_srs_clear_flag(mac_soft_ring_set_t *srs, uint_t flag) 2346 { 2347 mutex_enter(&srs->srs_lock); 2348 srs->srs_state &= ~flag; 2349 mutex_exit(&srs->srs_lock); 2350 } 2351 2352 void 2353 mac_rx_srs_restart(mac_soft_ring_set_t *srs) 2354 { 2355 flow_entry_t *flent = srs->srs_flent; 2356 mac_ring_t *mr; 2357 2358 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)FLENT_TO_MIP(flent))); 2359 ASSERT((srs->srs_type & SRST_TX) == 0); 2360 2361 /* 2362 * This handles a change in the number of SRSs between the quiesce and 2363 * and restart operation of a flow. 2364 */ 2365 if (!SRS_QUIESCED(srs)) 2366 return; 2367 2368 /* 2369 * Signal the SRS to restart itself. Wait for the restart to complete 2370 * Note that we only restart the SRS if it is not marked as 2371 * permanently quiesced. 2372 */ 2373 if (!SRS_QUIESCED_PERMANENT(srs)) { 2374 mac_srs_signal(srs, SRS_RESTART); 2375 mac_srs_quiesce_wait(srs, SRS_RESTART_DONE); 2376 mac_srs_clear_flag(srs, SRS_RESTART_DONE); 2377 2378 mac_srs_client_poll_restart(srs->srs_mcip, srs); 2379 } 2380 2381 /* Finally clear the flags to let the packets in */ 2382 mr = srs->srs_ring; 2383 if (mr != NULL) { 2384 MAC_RING_UNMARK(mr, MR_QUIESCE); 2385 /* In case the ring was stopped, safely restart it */ 2386 if (mr->mr_state != MR_INUSE) 2387 (void) mac_start_ring(mr); 2388 } else { 2389 FLOW_UNMARK(flent, FE_QUIESCE); 2390 } 2391 } 2392 2393 /* 2394 * Temporary quiesce of a flow and associated Rx SRS. 2395 * Please see block comment above mac_rx_classify_flow_rem. 2396 */ 2397 /* ARGSUSED */ 2398 int 2399 mac_rx_classify_flow_quiesce(flow_entry_t *flent, void *arg) 2400 { 2401 int i; 2402 2403 for (i = 0; i < flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt; i++) { 2404 mac_rx_srs_quiesce((mac_soft_ring_set_t *)flent->fe_rx_srs[i], 2405 SRS_QUIESCE); 2406 } 2407 return (0); 2408 } 2409 2410 /* 2411 * Restart a flow and associated Rx SRS that has been quiesced temporarily 2412 * Please see block comment above mac_rx_classify_flow_rem 2413 */ 2414 /* ARGSUSED */ 2415 int 2416 mac_rx_classify_flow_restart(flow_entry_t *flent, void *arg) 2417 { 2418 int i; 2419 2420 for (i = 0; i < flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt; i++) 2421 mac_rx_srs_restart((mac_soft_ring_set_t *)flent->fe_rx_srs[i]); 2422 2423 return (0); 2424 } 2425 2426 void 2427 mac_srs_perm_quiesce(mac_client_handle_t mch, boolean_t on) 2428 { 2429 mac_client_impl_t *mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch; 2430 flow_entry_t *flent = mcip->mci_flent; 2431 mac_impl_t *mip = mcip->mci_mip; 2432 mac_soft_ring_set_t *mac_srs; 2433 int i; 2434 2435 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip)); 2436 2437 if (flent == NULL) 2438 return; 2439 2440 for (i = 0; i < flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt; i++) { 2441 mac_srs = flent->fe_rx_srs[i]; 2442 mutex_enter(&mac_srs->srs_lock); 2443 if (on) 2444 mac_srs->srs_state |= SRS_QUIESCE_PERM; 2445 else 2446 mac_srs->srs_state &= ~SRS_QUIESCE_PERM; 2447 mutex_exit(&mac_srs->srs_lock); 2448 } 2449 } 2450 2451 void 2452 mac_rx_client_quiesce(mac_client_handle_t mch) 2453 { 2454 mac_client_impl_t *mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch; 2455 mac_impl_t *mip = mcip->mci_mip; 2456 2457 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip)); 2458 2459 if (MCIP_DATAPATH_SETUP(mcip)) { 2460 (void) mac_rx_classify_flow_quiesce(mcip->mci_flent, 2461 NULL); 2462 (void) mac_flow_walk_nolock(mcip->mci_subflow_tab, 2463 mac_rx_classify_flow_quiesce, NULL); 2464 } 2465 } 2466 2467 void 2468 mac_rx_client_restart(mac_client_handle_t mch) 2469 { 2470 mac_client_impl_t *mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch; 2471 mac_impl_t *mip = mcip->mci_mip; 2472 2473 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip)); 2474 2475 if (MCIP_DATAPATH_SETUP(mcip)) { 2476 (void) mac_rx_classify_flow_restart(mcip->mci_flent, NULL); 2477 (void) mac_flow_walk_nolock(mcip->mci_subflow_tab, 2478 mac_rx_classify_flow_restart, NULL); 2479 } 2480 } 2481 2482 /* 2483 * This function only quiesces the Tx SRS and softring worker threads. Callers 2484 * need to make sure that there aren't any mac client threads doing current or 2485 * future transmits in the mac before calling this function. 2486 */ 2487 void 2488 mac_tx_srs_quiesce(mac_soft_ring_set_t *srs, uint_t srs_quiesce_flag) 2489 { 2490 mac_client_impl_t *mcip = srs->srs_mcip; 2491 2492 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mcip->mci_mip)); 2493 2494 ASSERT(srs->srs_type & SRST_TX); 2495 ASSERT(srs_quiesce_flag == SRS_CONDEMNED || 2496 srs_quiesce_flag == SRS_QUIESCE); 2497 2498 /* 2499 * Signal the SRS to quiesce itself, and then cv_wait for the 2500 * SRS quiesce to complete. The SRS worker thread will wake us 2501 * up when the quiesce is complete 2502 */ 2503 mac_srs_signal(srs, srs_quiesce_flag); 2504 mac_srs_quiesce_wait(srs, srs_quiesce_flag == SRS_QUIESCE ? 2505 SRS_QUIESCE_DONE : SRS_CONDEMNED_DONE); 2506 } 2507 2508 void 2509 mac_tx_srs_restart(mac_soft_ring_set_t *srs) 2510 { 2511 /* 2512 * Resizing the fanout could result in creation of new SRSs. 2513 * They may not necessarily be in the quiesced state in which 2514 * case it need be restarted 2515 */ 2516 if (!SRS_QUIESCED(srs)) 2517 return; 2518 2519 mac_srs_signal(srs, SRS_RESTART); 2520 mac_srs_quiesce_wait(srs, SRS_RESTART_DONE); 2521 mac_srs_clear_flag(srs, SRS_RESTART_DONE); 2522 } 2523 2524 /* 2525 * Temporary quiesce of a flow and associated Rx SRS. 2526 * Please see block comment above mac_rx_srs_quiesce 2527 */ 2528 /* ARGSUSED */ 2529 int 2530 mac_tx_flow_quiesce(flow_entry_t *flent, void *arg) 2531 { 2532 /* 2533 * The fe_tx_srs is null for a subflow on an interface that is 2534 * not plumbed 2535 */ 2536 if (flent->fe_tx_srs != NULL) 2537 mac_tx_srs_quiesce(flent->fe_tx_srs, SRS_QUIESCE); 2538 return (0); 2539 } 2540 2541 /* ARGSUSED */ 2542 int 2543 mac_tx_flow_restart(flow_entry_t *flent, void *arg) 2544 { 2545 /* 2546 * The fe_tx_srs is null for a subflow on an interface that is 2547 * not plumbed 2548 */ 2549 if (flent->fe_tx_srs != NULL) 2550 mac_tx_srs_restart(flent->fe_tx_srs); 2551 return (0); 2552 } 2553 2554 static void 2555 i_mac_tx_client_quiesce(mac_client_handle_t mch, uint_t srs_quiesce_flag) 2556 { 2557 mac_client_impl_t *mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch; 2558 2559 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mcip->mci_mip)); 2560 2561 mac_tx_client_block(mcip); 2562 if (MCIP_TX_SRS(mcip) != NULL) { 2563 mac_tx_srs_quiesce(MCIP_TX_SRS(mcip), srs_quiesce_flag); 2564 (void) mac_flow_walk_nolock(mcip->mci_subflow_tab, 2565 mac_tx_flow_quiesce, NULL); 2566 } 2567 } 2568 2569 void 2570 mac_tx_client_quiesce(mac_client_handle_t mch) 2571 { 2572 i_mac_tx_client_quiesce(mch, SRS_QUIESCE); 2573 } 2574 2575 void 2576 mac_tx_client_condemn(mac_client_handle_t mch) 2577 { 2578 i_mac_tx_client_quiesce(mch, SRS_CONDEMNED); 2579 } 2580 2581 void 2582 mac_tx_client_restart(mac_client_handle_t mch) 2583 { 2584 mac_client_impl_t *mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch; 2585 2586 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mcip->mci_mip)); 2587 2588 mac_tx_client_unblock(mcip); 2589 if (MCIP_TX_SRS(mcip) != NULL) { 2590 mac_tx_srs_restart(MCIP_TX_SRS(mcip)); 2591 (void) mac_flow_walk_nolock(mcip->mci_subflow_tab, 2592 mac_tx_flow_restart, NULL); 2593 } 2594 } 2595 2596 void 2597 mac_tx_client_flush(mac_client_impl_t *mcip) 2598 { 2599 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mcip->mci_mip)); 2600 2601 mac_tx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 2602 mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 2603 } 2604 2605 void 2606 mac_client_quiesce(mac_client_impl_t *mcip) 2607 { 2608 mac_rx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 2609 mac_tx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 2610 } 2611 2612 void 2613 mac_client_restart(mac_client_impl_t *mcip) 2614 { 2615 mac_rx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 2616 mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 2617 } 2618 2619 /* 2620 * Allocate a minor number. 2621 */ 2622 minor_t 2623 mac_minor_hold(boolean_t sleep) 2624 { 2625 id_t id; 2626 2627 /* 2628 * Grab a value from the arena. 2629 */ 2630 atomic_inc_32(&minor_count); 2631 2632 if (sleep) 2633 return ((uint_t)id_alloc(minor_ids)); 2634 2635 if ((id = id_alloc_nosleep(minor_ids)) == -1) { 2636 atomic_dec_32(&minor_count); 2637 return (0); 2638 } 2639 2640 return ((uint_t)id); 2641 } 2642 2643 /* 2644 * Release a previously allocated minor number. 2645 */ 2646 void 2647 mac_minor_rele(minor_t minor) 2648 { 2649 /* 2650 * Return the value to the arena. 2651 */ 2652 id_free(minor_ids, minor); 2653 atomic_dec_32(&minor_count); 2654 } 2655 2656 uint32_t 2657 mac_no_notification(mac_handle_t mh) 2658 { 2659 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 2660 2661 return (((mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_LEGACY) != 0) ? 2662 mip->mi_capab_legacy.ml_unsup_note : 0); 2663 } 2664 2665 /* 2666 * Prevent any new opens of this mac in preparation for unregister 2667 */ 2668 int 2669 i_mac_disable(mac_impl_t *mip) 2670 { 2671 mac_client_impl_t *mcip; 2672 2673 rw_enter(&i_mac_impl_lock, RW_WRITER); 2674 if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_DISABLED) { 2675 /* Already disabled, return success */ 2676 rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock); 2677 return (0); 2678 } 2679 /* 2680 * See if there are any other references to this mac_t (e.g., VLAN's). 2681 * If so return failure. If all the other checks below pass, then 2682 * set mi_disabled atomically under the i_mac_impl_lock to prevent 2683 * any new VLAN's from being created or new mac client opens of this 2684 * mac end point. 2685 */ 2686 if (mip->mi_ref > 0) { 2687 rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock); 2688 return (EBUSY); 2689 } 2690 2691 /* 2692 * mac clients must delete all multicast groups they join before 2693 * closing. bcast groups are reference counted, the last client 2694 * to delete the group will wait till the group is physically 2695 * deleted. Since all clients have closed this mac end point 2696 * mi_bcast_ngrps must be zero at this point 2697 */ 2698 ASSERT(mip->mi_bcast_ngrps == 0); 2699 2700 /* 2701 * Don't let go of this if it has some flows. 2702 * All other code guarantees no flows are added to a disabled 2703 * mac, therefore it is sufficient to check for the flow table 2704 * only here. 2705 */ 2706 mcip = mac_primary_client_handle(mip); 2707 if ((mcip != NULL) && mac_link_has_flows((mac_client_handle_t)mcip)) { 2708 rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock); 2709 return (ENOTEMPTY); 2710 } 2711 2712 mip->mi_state_flags |= MIS_DISABLED; 2713 rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock); 2714 return (0); 2715 } 2716 2717 int 2718 mac_disable_nowait(mac_handle_t mh) 2719 { 2720 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 2721 int err; 2722 2723 if ((err = i_mac_perim_enter_nowait(mip)) != 0) 2724 return (err); 2725 err = i_mac_disable(mip); 2726 i_mac_perim_exit(mip); 2727 return (err); 2728 } 2729 2730 int 2731 mac_disable(mac_handle_t mh) 2732 { 2733 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 2734 int err; 2735 2736 i_mac_perim_enter(mip); 2737 err = i_mac_disable(mip); 2738 i_mac_perim_exit(mip); 2739 2740 /* 2741 * Clean up notification thread and wait for it to exit. 2742 */ 2743 if (err == 0) 2744 i_mac_notify_exit(mip); 2745 2746 return (err); 2747 } 2748 2749 /* 2750 * Called when the MAC instance has a non empty flow table, to de-multiplex 2751 * incoming packets to the right flow. 2752 */ 2753 /* ARGSUSED */ 2754 static flow_entry_t * 2755 mac_rx_classify(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_resource_handle_t mrh, mblk_t *mp) 2756 { 2757 flow_entry_t *flent = NULL; 2758 uint_t flags = FLOW_INBOUND; 2759 int err; 2760 2761 err = mac_flow_lookup(mip->mi_flow_tab, mp, flags, &flent); 2762 if (err == 0) { 2763 mac_client_impl_t *mcip; 2764 2765 /* 2766 * This flent might just be an additional one on the MAC client, 2767 * i.e. for classification purposes (different fdesc), however 2768 * the resources, SRS et. al., are in the mci_flent, so if 2769 * this isn't the mci_flent, we need to get it. 2770 */ 2771 if ((mcip = flent->fe_mcip) != NULL && 2772 mcip->mci_flent != flent) { 2773 FLOW_REFRELE(flent); 2774 flent = mcip->mci_flent; 2775 FLOW_TRY_REFHOLD(flent, err); 2776 if (err != 0) 2777 return (NULL); 2778 } 2779 } 2780 2781 /* flent will be NULL if mac_flow_lookup fails to find a match. */ 2782 return (flent); 2783 } 2784 2785 mblk_t * 2786 mac_rx_flow(mac_handle_t mh, mac_resource_handle_t mrh, mblk_t *mp_chain) 2787 { 2788 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 2789 mblk_t *mp_next, *tail, **unclass_nextp; 2790 mblk_t *unclass_list = NULL; 2791 flow_entry_t *prev_flent = NULL; 2792 2793 /* 2794 * We walk the chain and attempt to classify each packet. 2795 * The packets that couldn't be classified will be returned 2796 * back to the caller. 2797 * 2798 * We want to batch together runs of matched packets bound 2799 * for the same flent into the same callback. Unmatched 2800 * packets should not break an ongoing chain. 2801 */ 2802 mp_next = tail = mp_chain; 2803 unclass_nextp = &unclass_list; 2804 while (mp_next != NULL) { 2805 flow_entry_t *flent; 2806 mblk_t *mp = mp_next; 2807 mp_next = mp_next->b_next; 2808 mp->b_next = NULL; 2809 2810 flent = mac_rx_classify(mip, mrh, mp); 2811 if (flent == NULL) { 2812 /* 2813 * Add the current mblk_t to the end of the 2814 * unclassified packet chain at 'unclass_list'. 2815 * Move the current head forward if we have not 2816 * yet made any match. 2817 */ 2818 if (prev_flent == NULL) { 2819 mp_chain = mp_next; 2820 tail = mp_next; 2821 } 2822 *unclass_nextp = mp; 2823 unclass_nextp = &mp->b_next; 2824 continue; 2825 } 2826 2827 if (prev_flent == NULL || flent == prev_flent) { 2828 /* Either the first valid match, or in the same chain */ 2829 if (prev_flent != NULL) 2830 FLOW_REFRELE(prev_flent); 2831 if (mp != tail) 2832 tail->b_next = mp; 2833 } else { 2834 ASSERT3P(prev_flent, !=, NULL); 2835 (prev_flent->fe_cb_fn)(prev_flent->fe_cb_arg1, 2836 prev_flent->fe_cb_arg2, mp_chain, B_FALSE); 2837 FLOW_REFRELE(prev_flent); 2838 mp_chain = mp; 2839 } 2840 2841 prev_flent = flent; 2842 tail = mp; 2843 } 2844 /* Last chain */ 2845 if (mp_chain != NULL) { 2846 ASSERT3P(prev_flent, !=, NULL); 2847 (prev_flent->fe_cb_fn)(prev_flent->fe_cb_arg1, 2848 prev_flent->fe_cb_arg2, mp_chain, B_FALSE); 2849 FLOW_REFRELE(prev_flent); 2850 } 2851 return (unclass_list); 2852 } 2853 2854 static int 2855 mac_tx_flow_srs_wakeup(flow_entry_t *flent, void *arg) 2856 { 2857 mac_ring_handle_t ring = arg; 2858 2859 if (flent->fe_tx_srs) 2860 mac_tx_srs_wakeup(flent->fe_tx_srs, ring); 2861 return (0); 2862 } 2863 2864 void 2865 i_mac_tx_srs_notify(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_ring_handle_t ring) 2866 { 2867 mac_client_impl_t *cclient; 2868 mac_soft_ring_set_t *mac_srs; 2869 2870 /* 2871 * After grabbing the mi_rw_lock, the list of clients can't change. 2872 * If there are any clients mi_disabled must be B_FALSE and can't 2873 * get set since there are clients. If there aren't any clients we 2874 * don't do anything. In any case the mip has to be valid. The driver 2875 * must make sure that it goes single threaded (with respect to mac 2876 * calls) and wait for all pending mac calls to finish before calling 2877 * mac_unregister. 2878 */ 2879 rw_enter(&i_mac_impl_lock, RW_READER); 2880 if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_DISABLED) { 2881 rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock); 2882 return; 2883 } 2884 2885 /* 2886 * Get MAC tx srs from walking mac_client_handle list. 2887 */ 2888 rw_enter(&mip->mi_rw_lock, RW_READER); 2889 for (cclient = mip->mi_clients_list; cclient != NULL; 2890 cclient = cclient->mci_client_next) { 2891 if ((mac_srs = MCIP_TX_SRS(cclient)) != NULL) { 2892 mac_tx_srs_wakeup(mac_srs, ring); 2893 } else { 2894 /* 2895 * Aggr opens underlying ports in exclusive mode 2896 * and registers flow control callbacks using 2897 * mac_tx_client_notify(). When opened in 2898 * exclusive mode, Tx SRS won't be created 2899 * during mac_unicast_add(). 2900 */ 2901 if (cclient->mci_state_flags & MCIS_EXCLUSIVE) { 2902 mac_tx_invoke_callbacks(cclient, 2903 (mac_tx_cookie_t)ring); 2904 } 2905 } 2906 (void) mac_flow_walk(cclient->mci_subflow_tab, 2907 mac_tx_flow_srs_wakeup, ring); 2908 } 2909 rw_exit(&mip->mi_rw_lock); 2910 rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock); 2911 } 2912 2913 /* ARGSUSED */ 2914 void 2915 mac_multicast_refresh(mac_handle_t mh, mac_multicst_t refresh, void *arg, 2916 boolean_t add) 2917 { 2918 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 2919 2920 i_mac_perim_enter((mac_impl_t *)mh); 2921 /* 2922 * If no specific refresh function was given then default to the 2923 * driver's m_multicst entry point. 2924 */ 2925 if (refresh == NULL) { 2926 refresh = mip->mi_multicst; 2927 arg = mip->mi_driver; 2928 } 2929 2930 mac_bcast_refresh(mip, refresh, arg, add); 2931 i_mac_perim_exit((mac_impl_t *)mh); 2932 } 2933 2934 void 2935 mac_promisc_refresh(mac_handle_t mh, mac_setpromisc_t refresh, void *arg) 2936 { 2937 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 2938 2939 /* 2940 * If no specific refresh function was given then default to the 2941 * driver's m_promisc entry point. 2942 */ 2943 if (refresh == NULL) { 2944 refresh = mip->mi_setpromisc; 2945 arg = mip->mi_driver; 2946 } 2947 ASSERT(refresh != NULL); 2948 2949 /* 2950 * Call the refresh function with the current promiscuity. 2951 */ 2952 refresh(arg, (mip->mi_devpromisc != 0)); 2953 } 2954 2955 /* 2956 * The mac client requests that the mac not to change its margin size to 2957 * be less than the specified value. If "current" is B_TRUE, then the client 2958 * requests the mac not to change its margin size to be smaller than the 2959 * current size. Further, return the current margin size value in this case. 2960 * 2961 * We keep every requested size in an ordered list from largest to smallest. 2962 */ 2963 int 2964 mac_margin_add(mac_handle_t mh, uint32_t *marginp, boolean_t current) 2965 { 2966 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 2967 mac_margin_req_t **pp, *p; 2968 int err = 0; 2969 2970 rw_enter(&(mip->mi_rw_lock), RW_WRITER); 2971 if (current) 2972 *marginp = mip->mi_margin; 2973 2974 /* 2975 * If the current margin value cannot satisfy the margin requested, 2976 * return ENOTSUP directly. 2977 */ 2978 if (*marginp > mip->mi_margin) { 2979 err = ENOTSUP; 2980 goto done; 2981 } 2982 2983 /* 2984 * Check whether the given margin is already in the list. If so, 2985 * bump the reference count. 2986 */ 2987 for (pp = &mip->mi_mmrp; (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &p->mmr_nextp) { 2988 if (p->mmr_margin == *marginp) { 2989 /* 2990 * The margin requested is already in the list, 2991 * so just bump the reference count. 2992 */ 2993 p->mmr_ref++; 2994 goto done; 2995 } 2996 if (p->mmr_margin < *marginp) 2997 break; 2998 } 2999 3000 3001 p = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (mac_margin_req_t), KM_SLEEP); 3002 p->mmr_margin = *marginp; 3003 p->mmr_ref++; 3004 p->mmr_nextp = *pp; 3005 *pp = p; 3006 3007 done: 3008 rw_exit(&(mip->mi_rw_lock)); 3009 return (err); 3010 } 3011 3012 /* 3013 * The mac client requests to cancel its previous mac_margin_add() request. 3014 * We remove the requested margin size from the list. 3015 */ 3016 int 3017 mac_margin_remove(mac_handle_t mh, uint32_t margin) 3018 { 3019 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 3020 mac_margin_req_t **pp, *p; 3021 int err = 0; 3022 3023 rw_enter(&(mip->mi_rw_lock), RW_WRITER); 3024 /* 3025 * Find the entry in the list for the given margin. 3026 */ 3027 for (pp = &(mip->mi_mmrp); (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &(p->mmr_nextp)) { 3028 if (p->mmr_margin == margin) { 3029 if (--p->mmr_ref == 0) 3030 break; 3031 3032 /* 3033 * There is still a reference to this address so 3034 * there's nothing more to do. 3035 */ 3036 goto done; 3037 } 3038 } 3039 3040 /* 3041 * We did not find an entry for the given margin. 3042 */ 3043 if (p == NULL) { 3044 err = ENOENT; 3045 goto done; 3046 } 3047 3048 ASSERT(p->mmr_ref == 0); 3049 3050 /* 3051 * Remove it from the list. 3052 */ 3053 *pp = p->mmr_nextp; 3054 kmem_free(p, sizeof (mac_margin_req_t)); 3055 done: 3056 rw_exit(&(mip->mi_rw_lock)); 3057 return (err); 3058 } 3059 3060 boolean_t 3061 mac_margin_update(mac_handle_t mh, uint32_t margin) 3062 { 3063 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 3064 uint32_t margin_needed = 0; 3065 3066 rw_enter(&(mip->mi_rw_lock), RW_WRITER); 3067 3068 if (mip->mi_mmrp != NULL) 3069 margin_needed = mip->mi_mmrp->mmr_margin; 3070 3071 if (margin_needed <= margin) 3072 mip->mi_margin = margin; 3073 3074 rw_exit(&(mip->mi_rw_lock)); 3075 3076 if (margin_needed <= margin) 3077 i_mac_notify(mip, MAC_NOTE_MARGIN); 3078 3079 return (margin_needed <= margin); 3080 } 3081 3082 /* 3083 * MAC clients use this interface to request that a MAC device not change its 3084 * MTU below the specified amount. At this time, that amount must be within the 3085 * range of the device's current minimum and the device's current maximum. eg. a 3086 * client cannot request a 3000 byte MTU when the device's MTU is currently 3087 * 2000. 3088 * 3089 * If "current" is set to B_TRUE, then the request is to simply to reserve the 3090 * current underlying mac's maximum for this mac client and return it in mtup. 3091 */ 3092 int 3093 mac_mtu_add(mac_handle_t mh, uint32_t *mtup, boolean_t current) 3094 { 3095 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 3096 mac_mtu_req_t *prev, *cur; 3097 mac_propval_range_t mpr; 3098 int err; 3099 3100 i_mac_perim_enter(mip); 3101 rw_enter(&mip->mi_rw_lock, RW_WRITER); 3102 3103 if (current == B_TRUE) 3104 *mtup = mip->mi_sdu_max; 3105 mpr.mpr_count = 1; 3106 err = mac_prop_info(mh, MAC_PROP_MTU, "mtu", NULL, 0, &mpr, NULL); 3107 if (err != 0) { 3108 rw_exit(&mip->mi_rw_lock); 3109 i_mac_perim_exit(mip); 3110 return (err); 3111 } 3112 3113 if (*mtup > mip->mi_sdu_max || 3114 *mtup < mpr.mpr_range_uint32[0].mpur_min) { 3115 rw_exit(&mip->mi_rw_lock); 3116 i_mac_perim_exit(mip); 3117 return (ENOTSUP); 3118 } 3119 3120 prev = NULL; 3121 for (cur = mip->mi_mtrp; cur != NULL; cur = cur->mtr_nextp) { 3122 if (*mtup == cur->mtr_mtu) { 3123 cur->mtr_ref++; 3124 rw_exit(&mip->mi_rw_lock); 3125 i_mac_perim_exit(mip); 3126 return (0); 3127 } 3128 3129 if (*mtup > cur->mtr_mtu) 3130 break; 3131 3132 prev = cur; 3133 } 3134 3135 cur = kmem_alloc(sizeof (mac_mtu_req_t), KM_SLEEP); 3136 cur->mtr_mtu = *mtup; 3137 cur->mtr_ref = 1; 3138 if (prev != NULL) { 3139 cur->mtr_nextp = prev->mtr_nextp; 3140 prev->mtr_nextp = cur; 3141 } else { 3142 cur->mtr_nextp = mip->mi_mtrp; 3143 mip->mi_mtrp = cur; 3144 } 3145 3146 rw_exit(&mip->mi_rw_lock); 3147 i_mac_perim_exit(mip); 3148 return (0); 3149 } 3150 3151 int 3152 mac_mtu_remove(mac_handle_t mh, uint32_t mtu) 3153 { 3154 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 3155 mac_mtu_req_t *cur, *prev; 3156 3157 i_mac_perim_enter(mip); 3158 rw_enter(&mip->mi_rw_lock, RW_WRITER); 3159 3160 prev = NULL; 3161 for (cur = mip->mi_mtrp; cur != NULL; cur = cur->mtr_nextp) { 3162 if (cur->mtr_mtu == mtu) { 3163 ASSERT(cur->mtr_ref > 0); 3164 cur->mtr_ref--; 3165 if (cur->mtr_ref == 0) { 3166 if (prev == NULL) { 3167 mip->mi_mtrp = cur->mtr_nextp; 3168 } else { 3169 prev->mtr_nextp = cur->mtr_nextp; 3170 } 3171 kmem_free(cur, sizeof (mac_mtu_req_t)); 3172 } 3173 rw_exit(&mip->mi_rw_lock); 3174 i_mac_perim_exit(mip); 3175 return (0); 3176 } 3177 3178 prev = cur; 3179 } 3180 3181 rw_exit(&mip->mi_rw_lock); 3182 i_mac_perim_exit(mip); 3183 return (ENOENT); 3184 } 3185 3186 /* 3187 * MAC Type Plugin functions. 3188 */ 3189 3190 mactype_t * 3191 mactype_getplugin(const char *pname) 3192 { 3193 mactype_t *mtype = NULL; 3194 boolean_t tried_modload = B_FALSE; 3195 3196 mutex_enter(&i_mactype_lock); 3197 3198 find_registered_mactype: 3199 if (mod_hash_find(i_mactype_hash, (mod_hash_key_t)pname, 3200 (mod_hash_val_t *)&mtype) != 0) { 3201 if (!tried_modload) { 3202 /* 3203 * If the plugin has not yet been loaded, then 3204 * attempt to load it now. If modload() succeeds, 3205 * the plugin should have registered using 3206 * mactype_register(), in which case we can go back 3207 * and attempt to find it again. 3208 */ 3209 if (modload(MACTYPE_KMODDIR, (char *)pname) != -1) { 3210 tried_modload = B_TRUE; 3211 goto find_registered_mactype; 3212 } 3213 } 3214 } else { 3215 /* 3216 * Note that there's no danger that the plugin we've loaded 3217 * could be unloaded between the modload() step and the 3218 * reference count bump here, as we're holding 3219 * i_mactype_lock, which mactype_unregister() also holds. 3220 */ 3221 atomic_inc_32(&mtype->mt_ref); 3222 } 3223 3224 mutex_exit(&i_mactype_lock); 3225 return (mtype); 3226 } 3227 3228 mactype_register_t * 3229 mactype_alloc(uint_t mactype_version) 3230 { 3231 mactype_register_t *mtrp; 3232 3233 /* 3234 * Make sure there isn't a version mismatch between the plugin and 3235 * the framework. In the future, if multiple versions are 3236 * supported, this check could become more sophisticated. 3237 */ 3238 if (mactype_version != MACTYPE_VERSION) 3239 return (NULL); 3240 3241 mtrp = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (mactype_register_t), KM_SLEEP); 3242 mtrp->mtr_version = mactype_version; 3243 return (mtrp); 3244 } 3245 3246 void 3247 mactype_free(mactype_register_t *mtrp) 3248 { 3249 kmem_free(mtrp, sizeof (mactype_register_t)); 3250 } 3251 3252 int 3253 mactype_register(mactype_register_t *mtrp) 3254 { 3255 mactype_t *mtp; 3256 mactype_ops_t *ops = mtrp->mtr_ops; 3257 3258 /* Do some sanity checking before we register this MAC type. */ 3259 if (mtrp->mtr_ident == NULL || ops == NULL) 3260 return (EINVAL); 3261 3262 /* 3263 * Verify that all mandatory callbacks are set in the ops 3264 * vector. 3265 */ 3266 if (ops->mtops_unicst_verify == NULL || 3267 ops->mtops_multicst_verify == NULL || 3268 ops->mtops_sap_verify == NULL || 3269 ops->mtops_header == NULL || 3270 ops->mtops_header_info == NULL) { 3271 return (EINVAL); 3272 } 3273 3274 mtp = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (*mtp), KM_SLEEP); 3275 mtp->mt_ident = mtrp->mtr_ident; 3276 mtp->mt_ops = *ops; 3277 mtp->mt_type = mtrp->mtr_mactype; 3278 mtp->mt_nativetype = mtrp->mtr_nativetype; 3279 mtp->mt_addr_length = mtrp->mtr_addrlen; 3280 if (mtrp->mtr_brdcst_addr != NULL) { 3281 mtp->mt_brdcst_addr = kmem_alloc(mtrp->mtr_addrlen, KM_SLEEP); 3282 bcopy(mtrp->mtr_brdcst_addr, mtp->mt_brdcst_addr, 3283 mtrp->mtr_addrlen); 3284 } 3285 3286 mtp->mt_stats = mtrp->mtr_stats; 3287 mtp->mt_statcount = mtrp->mtr_statcount; 3288 3289 mtp->mt_mapping = mtrp->mtr_mapping; 3290 mtp->mt_mappingcount = mtrp->mtr_mappingcount; 3291 3292 if (mod_hash_insert(i_mactype_hash, 3293 (mod_hash_key_t)mtp->mt_ident, (mod_hash_val_t)mtp) != 0) { 3294 kmem_free(mtp->mt_brdcst_addr, mtp->mt_addr_length); 3295 kmem_free(mtp, sizeof (*mtp)); 3296 return (EEXIST); 3297 } 3298 return (0); 3299 } 3300 3301 int 3302 mactype_unregister(const char *ident) 3303 { 3304 mactype_t *mtp; 3305 mod_hash_val_t val; 3306 int err; 3307 3308 /* 3309 * Let's not allow MAC drivers to use this plugin while we're 3310 * trying to unregister it. Holding i_mactype_lock also prevents a 3311 * plugin from unregistering while a MAC driver is attempting to 3312 * hold a reference to it in i_mactype_getplugin(). 3313 */ 3314 mutex_enter(&i_mactype_lock); 3315 3316 if ((err = mod_hash_find(i_mactype_hash, (mod_hash_key_t)ident, 3317 (mod_hash_val_t *)&mtp)) != 0) { 3318 /* A plugin is trying to unregister, but it never registered. */ 3319 err = ENXIO; 3320 goto done; 3321 } 3322 3323 if (mtp->mt_ref != 0) { 3324 err = EBUSY; 3325 goto done; 3326 } 3327 3328 err = mod_hash_remove(i_mactype_hash, (mod_hash_key_t)ident, &val); 3329 ASSERT(err == 0); 3330 if (err != 0) { 3331 /* This should never happen, thus the ASSERT() above. */ 3332 err = EINVAL; 3333 goto done; 3334 } 3335 ASSERT(mtp == (mactype_t *)val); 3336 3337 if (mtp->mt_brdcst_addr != NULL) 3338 kmem_free(mtp->mt_brdcst_addr, mtp->mt_addr_length); 3339 kmem_free(mtp, sizeof (mactype_t)); 3340 done: 3341 mutex_exit(&i_mactype_lock); 3342 return (err); 3343 } 3344 3345 /* 3346 * Checks the size of the value size specified for a property as 3347 * part of a property operation. Returns B_TRUE if the size is 3348 * correct, B_FALSE otherwise. 3349 */ 3350 boolean_t 3351 mac_prop_check_size(mac_prop_id_t id, uint_t valsize, boolean_t is_range) 3352 { 3353 uint_t minsize = 0; 3354 3355 if (is_range) 3356 return (valsize >= sizeof (mac_propval_range_t)); 3357 3358 switch (id) { 3359 case MAC_PROP_ZONE: 3360 minsize = sizeof (dld_ioc_zid_t); 3361 break; 3362 case MAC_PROP_AUTOPUSH: 3363 if (valsize != 0) 3364 minsize = sizeof (struct dlautopush); 3365 break; 3366 case MAC_PROP_TAGMODE: 3367 minsize = sizeof (link_tagmode_t); 3368 break; 3369 case MAC_PROP_RESOURCE: 3370 case MAC_PROP_RESOURCE_EFF: 3371 minsize = sizeof (mac_resource_props_t); 3372 break; 3373 case MAC_PROP_DUPLEX: 3374 minsize = sizeof (link_duplex_t); 3375 break; 3376 case MAC_PROP_SPEED: 3377 minsize = sizeof (uint64_t); 3378 break; 3379 case MAC_PROP_STATUS: 3380 minsize = sizeof (link_state_t); 3381 break; 3382 case MAC_PROP_AUTONEG: 3383 case MAC_PROP_EN_AUTONEG: 3384 minsize = sizeof (uint8_t); 3385 break; 3386 case MAC_PROP_MTU: 3387 case MAC_PROP_LLIMIT: 3388 case MAC_PROP_LDECAY: 3389 minsize = sizeof (uint32_t); 3390 break; 3391 case MAC_PROP_FLOWCTRL: 3392 minsize = sizeof (link_flowctrl_t); 3393 break; 3394 case MAC_PROP_ADV_FEC_CAP: 3395 case MAC_PROP_EN_FEC_CAP: 3396 minsize = sizeof (link_fec_t); 3397 break; 3398 case MAC_PROP_ADV_400GFDX_CAP: 3399 case MAC_PROP_EN_400GFDX_CAP: 3400 case MAC_PROP_ADV_200GFDX_CAP: 3401 case MAC_PROP_EN_200GFDX_CAP: 3402 case MAC_PROP_ADV_100GFDX_CAP: 3403 case MAC_PROP_EN_100GFDX_CAP: 3404 case MAC_PROP_ADV_50GFDX_CAP: 3405 case MAC_PROP_EN_50GFDX_CAP: 3406 case MAC_PROP_ADV_40GFDX_CAP: 3407 case MAC_PROP_EN_40GFDX_CAP: 3408 case MAC_PROP_ADV_25GFDX_CAP: 3409 case MAC_PROP_EN_25GFDX_CAP: 3410 case MAC_PROP_ADV_10GFDX_CAP: 3411 case MAC_PROP_EN_10GFDX_CAP: 3412 case MAC_PROP_ADV_5000FDX_CAP: 3413 case MAC_PROP_EN_5000FDX_CAP: 3414 case MAC_PROP_ADV_2500FDX_CAP: 3415 case MAC_PROP_EN_2500FDX_CAP: 3416 case MAC_PROP_ADV_1000HDX_CAP: 3417 case MAC_PROP_EN_1000HDX_CAP: 3418 case MAC_PROP_ADV_100FDX_CAP: 3419 case MAC_PROP_EN_100FDX_CAP: 3420 case MAC_PROP_ADV_100T4_CAP: 3421 case MAC_PROP_EN_100T4_CAP: 3422 case MAC_PROP_ADV_100HDX_CAP: 3423 case MAC_PROP_EN_100HDX_CAP: 3424 case MAC_PROP_ADV_10FDX_CAP: 3425 case MAC_PROP_EN_10FDX_CAP: 3426 case MAC_PROP_ADV_10HDX_CAP: 3427 case MAC_PROP_EN_10HDX_CAP: 3428 minsize = sizeof (uint8_t); 3429 break; 3430 case MAC_PROP_PVID: 3431 minsize = sizeof (uint16_t); 3432 break; 3433 case MAC_PROP_IPTUN_HOPLIMIT: 3434 minsize = sizeof (uint32_t); 3435 break; 3436 case MAC_PROP_IPTUN_ENCAPLIMIT: 3437 minsize = sizeof (uint32_t); 3438 break; 3439 case MAC_PROP_MAX_TX_RINGS_AVAIL: 3440 case MAC_PROP_MAX_RX_RINGS_AVAIL: 3441 case MAC_PROP_MAX_RXHWCLNT_AVAIL: 3442 case MAC_PROP_MAX_TXHWCLNT_AVAIL: 3443 minsize = sizeof (uint_t); 3444 break; 3445 case MAC_PROP_WL_ESSID: 3446 minsize = sizeof (wl_linkstatus_t); 3447 break; 3448 case MAC_PROP_WL_BSSID: 3449 minsize = sizeof (wl_bssid_t); 3450 break; 3451 case MAC_PROP_WL_BSSTYPE: 3452 minsize = sizeof (wl_bss_type_t); 3453 break; 3454 case MAC_PROP_WL_LINKSTATUS: 3455 minsize = sizeof (wl_linkstatus_t); 3456 break; 3457 case MAC_PROP_WL_DESIRED_RATES: 3458 minsize = sizeof (wl_rates_t); 3459 break; 3460 case MAC_PROP_WL_SUPPORTED_RATES: 3461 minsize = sizeof (wl_rates_t); 3462 break; 3463 case MAC_PROP_WL_AUTH_MODE: 3464 minsize = sizeof (wl_authmode_t); 3465 break; 3466 case MAC_PROP_WL_ENCRYPTION: 3467 minsize = sizeof (wl_encryption_t); 3468 break; 3469 case MAC_PROP_WL_RSSI: 3470 minsize = sizeof (wl_rssi_t); 3471 break; 3472 case MAC_PROP_WL_PHY_CONFIG: 3473 minsize = sizeof (wl_phy_conf_t); 3474 break; 3475 case MAC_PROP_WL_CAPABILITY: 3476 minsize = sizeof (wl_capability_t); 3477 break; 3478 case MAC_PROP_WL_WPA: 3479 minsize = sizeof (wl_wpa_t); 3480 break; 3481 case MAC_PROP_WL_SCANRESULTS: 3482 minsize = sizeof (wl_wpa_ess_t); 3483 break; 3484 case MAC_PROP_WL_POWER_MODE: 3485 minsize = sizeof (wl_ps_mode_t); 3486 break; 3487 case MAC_PROP_WL_RADIO: 3488 minsize = sizeof (wl_radio_t); 3489 break; 3490 case MAC_PROP_WL_ESS_LIST: 3491 minsize = sizeof (wl_ess_list_t); 3492 break; 3493 case MAC_PROP_WL_KEY_TAB: 3494 minsize = sizeof (wl_wep_key_tab_t); 3495 break; 3496 case MAC_PROP_WL_CREATE_IBSS: 3497 minsize = sizeof (wl_create_ibss_t); 3498 break; 3499 case MAC_PROP_WL_SETOPTIE: 3500 minsize = sizeof (wl_wpa_ie_t); 3501 break; 3502 case MAC_PROP_WL_DELKEY: 3503 minsize = sizeof (wl_del_key_t); 3504 break; 3505 case MAC_PROP_WL_KEY: 3506 minsize = sizeof (wl_key_t); 3507 break; 3508 case MAC_PROP_WL_MLME: 3509 minsize = sizeof (wl_mlme_t); 3510 break; 3511 case MAC_PROP_VN_PROMISC_FILTERED: 3512 minsize = sizeof (boolean_t); 3513 break; 3514 case MAC_PROP_MEDIA: 3515 /* 3516 * Our assumption is that each class of device uses an enum and 3517 * that all enums will be the same size so it is OK to use a 3518 * single one. 3519 */ 3520 minsize = sizeof (mac_ether_media_t); 3521 break; 3522 } 3523 3524 return (valsize >= minsize); 3525 } 3526 3527 /* 3528 * mac_set_prop() sets MAC or hardware driver properties: 3529 * 3530 * - MAC-managed properties such as resource properties include maxbw, 3531 * priority, and cpu binding list, as well as the default port VID 3532 * used by bridging. These properties are consumed by the MAC layer 3533 * itself and not passed down to the driver. For resource control 3534 * properties, this function invokes mac_set_resources() which will 3535 * cache the property value in mac_impl_t and may call 3536 * mac_client_set_resource() to update property value of the primary 3537 * mac client, if it exists. 3538 * 3539 * - Properties which act on the hardware and must be passed to the 3540 * driver, such as MTU, through the driver's mc_setprop() entry point. 3541 */ 3542 int 3543 mac_set_prop(mac_handle_t mh, mac_prop_id_t id, char *name, void *val, 3544 uint_t valsize) 3545 { 3546 int err = ENOTSUP; 3547 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 3548 3549 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD(mh)); 3550 3551 switch (id) { 3552 case MAC_PROP_RESOURCE: { 3553 mac_resource_props_t *mrp; 3554 3555 /* call mac_set_resources() for MAC properties */ 3556 ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (mac_resource_props_t)); 3557 mrp = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (*mrp), KM_SLEEP); 3558 bcopy(val, mrp, sizeof (*mrp)); 3559 err = mac_set_resources(mh, mrp); 3560 kmem_free(mrp, sizeof (*mrp)); 3561 break; 3562 } 3563 3564 case MAC_PROP_PVID: 3565 ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (uint16_t)); 3566 if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC) 3567 return (EINVAL); 3568 err = mac_set_pvid(mh, *(uint16_t *)val); 3569 break; 3570 3571 case MAC_PROP_MTU: { 3572 uint32_t mtu; 3573 3574 ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (uint32_t)); 3575 bcopy(val, &mtu, sizeof (mtu)); 3576 err = mac_set_mtu(mh, mtu, NULL); 3577 break; 3578 } 3579 3580 case MAC_PROP_LLIMIT: 3581 case MAC_PROP_LDECAY: { 3582 uint32_t learnval; 3583 3584 if (valsize < sizeof (learnval) || 3585 (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC)) 3586 return (EINVAL); 3587 bcopy(val, &learnval, sizeof (learnval)); 3588 if (learnval == 0 && id == MAC_PROP_LDECAY) 3589 return (EINVAL); 3590 if (id == MAC_PROP_LLIMIT) 3591 mip->mi_llimit = learnval; 3592 else 3593 mip->mi_ldecay = learnval; 3594 err = 0; 3595 break; 3596 } 3597 3598 case MAC_PROP_ADV_FEC_CAP: 3599 case MAC_PROP_EN_FEC_CAP: { 3600 link_fec_t fec; 3601 3602 ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (link_fec_t)); 3603 3604 /* 3605 * fec cannot be zero, and auto must be set exclusively. 3606 */ 3607 bcopy(val, &fec, sizeof (link_fec_t)); 3608 if (fec == 0) 3609 return (EINVAL); 3610 if ((fec & LINK_FEC_AUTO) != 0 && (fec & ~LINK_FEC_AUTO) != 0) 3611 return (EINVAL); 3612 3613 if (mip->mi_callbacks->mc_callbacks & MC_SETPROP) { 3614 err = mip->mi_callbacks->mc_setprop(mip->mi_driver, 3615 name, id, valsize, val); 3616 } 3617 break; 3618 } 3619 3620 default: 3621 /* For other driver properties, call driver's callback */ 3622 if (mip->mi_callbacks->mc_callbacks & MC_SETPROP) { 3623 err = mip->mi_callbacks->mc_setprop(mip->mi_driver, 3624 name, id, valsize, val); 3625 } 3626 } 3627 return (err); 3628 } 3629 3630 /* 3631 * mac_get_prop() gets MAC or device driver properties. 3632 * 3633 * If the property is a driver property, mac_get_prop() calls driver's callback 3634 * entry point to get it. 3635 * If the property is a MAC property, mac_get_prop() invokes mac_get_resources() 3636 * which returns the cached value in mac_impl_t. 3637 */ 3638 int 3639 mac_get_prop(mac_handle_t mh, mac_prop_id_t id, char *name, void *val, 3640 uint_t valsize) 3641 { 3642 int err = ENOTSUP; 3643 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 3644 uint_t rings; 3645 uint_t vlinks; 3646 3647 bzero(val, valsize); 3648 3649 switch (id) { 3650 case MAC_PROP_RESOURCE: { 3651 mac_resource_props_t *mrp; 3652 3653 /* If mac property, read from cache */ 3654 ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (mac_resource_props_t)); 3655 mrp = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (*mrp), KM_SLEEP); 3656 mac_get_resources(mh, mrp); 3657 bcopy(mrp, val, sizeof (*mrp)); 3658 kmem_free(mrp, sizeof (*mrp)); 3659 return (0); 3660 } 3661 case MAC_PROP_RESOURCE_EFF: { 3662 mac_resource_props_t *mrp; 3663 3664 /* If mac effective property, read from client */ 3665 ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (mac_resource_props_t)); 3666 mrp = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (*mrp), KM_SLEEP); 3667 mac_get_effective_resources(mh, mrp); 3668 bcopy(mrp, val, sizeof (*mrp)); 3669 kmem_free(mrp, sizeof (*mrp)); 3670 return (0); 3671 } 3672 3673 case MAC_PROP_PVID: 3674 ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (uint16_t)); 3675 if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC) 3676 return (EINVAL); 3677 *(uint16_t *)val = mac_get_pvid(mh); 3678 return (0); 3679 3680 case MAC_PROP_LLIMIT: 3681 case MAC_PROP_LDECAY: 3682 ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (uint32_t)); 3683 if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC) 3684 return (EINVAL); 3685 if (id == MAC_PROP_LLIMIT) 3686 bcopy(&mip->mi_llimit, val, sizeof (mip->mi_llimit)); 3687 else 3688 bcopy(&mip->mi_ldecay, val, sizeof (mip->mi_ldecay)); 3689 return (0); 3690 3691 case MAC_PROP_MTU: { 3692 uint32_t sdu; 3693 3694 ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (uint32_t)); 3695 mac_sdu_get2(mh, NULL, &sdu, NULL); 3696 bcopy(&sdu, val, sizeof (sdu)); 3697 3698 return (0); 3699 } 3700 case MAC_PROP_STATUS: { 3701 link_state_t link_state; 3702 3703 if (valsize < sizeof (link_state)) 3704 return (EINVAL); 3705 link_state = mac_link_get(mh); 3706 bcopy(&link_state, val, sizeof (link_state)); 3707 3708 return (0); 3709 } 3710 3711 case MAC_PROP_MAX_RX_RINGS_AVAIL: 3712 case MAC_PROP_MAX_TX_RINGS_AVAIL: 3713 ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (uint_t)); 3714 rings = id == MAC_PROP_MAX_RX_RINGS_AVAIL ? 3715 mac_rxavail_get(mh) : mac_txavail_get(mh); 3716 bcopy(&rings, val, sizeof (uint_t)); 3717 return (0); 3718 3719 case MAC_PROP_MAX_RXHWCLNT_AVAIL: 3720 case MAC_PROP_MAX_TXHWCLNT_AVAIL: 3721 ASSERT(valsize >= sizeof (uint_t)); 3722 vlinks = id == MAC_PROP_MAX_RXHWCLNT_AVAIL ? 3723 mac_rxhwlnksavail_get(mh) : mac_txhwlnksavail_get(mh); 3724 bcopy(&vlinks, val, sizeof (uint_t)); 3725 return (0); 3726 3727 case MAC_PROP_RXRINGSRANGE: 3728 case MAC_PROP_TXRINGSRANGE: 3729 /* 3730 * The value for these properties are returned through 3731 * the MAC_PROP_RESOURCE property. 3732 */ 3733 return (0); 3734 3735 default: 3736 break; 3737 3738 } 3739 3740 /* If driver property, request from driver */ 3741 if (mip->mi_callbacks->mc_callbacks & MC_GETPROP) { 3742 err = mip->mi_callbacks->mc_getprop(mip->mi_driver, name, id, 3743 valsize, val); 3744 } 3745 3746 return (err); 3747 } 3748 3749 /* 3750 * Helper function to initialize the range structure for use in 3751 * mac_get_prop. If the type can be other than uint32, we can 3752 * pass that as an arg. 3753 */ 3754 static void 3755 _mac_set_range(mac_propval_range_t *range, uint32_t min, uint32_t max) 3756 { 3757 range->mpr_count = 1; 3758 range->mpr_type = MAC_PROPVAL_UINT32; 3759 range->mpr_range_uint32[0].mpur_min = min; 3760 range->mpr_range_uint32[0].mpur_max = max; 3761 } 3762 3763 /* 3764 * Returns information about the specified property, such as default 3765 * values or permissions. 3766 */ 3767 int 3768 mac_prop_info(mac_handle_t mh, mac_prop_id_t id, char *name, 3769 void *default_val, uint_t default_size, mac_propval_range_t *range, 3770 uint_t *perm) 3771 { 3772 mac_prop_info_state_t state; 3773 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 3774 uint_t max; 3775 3776 /* 3777 * A property is read/write by default unless the driver says 3778 * otherwise. 3779 */ 3780 if (perm != NULL) 3781 *perm = MAC_PROP_PERM_RW; 3782 3783 if (default_val != NULL) 3784 bzero(default_val, default_size); 3785 3786 /* 3787 * First, handle framework properties for which we don't need to 3788 * involve the driver. 3789 */ 3790 switch (id) { 3791 case MAC_PROP_RESOURCE: 3792 case MAC_PROP_PVID: 3793 case MAC_PROP_LLIMIT: 3794 case MAC_PROP_LDECAY: 3795 return (0); 3796 3797 case MAC_PROP_MAX_RX_RINGS_AVAIL: 3798 case MAC_PROP_MAX_TX_RINGS_AVAIL: 3799 case MAC_PROP_MAX_RXHWCLNT_AVAIL: 3800 case MAC_PROP_MAX_TXHWCLNT_AVAIL: 3801 if (perm != NULL) 3802 *perm = MAC_PROP_PERM_READ; 3803 return (0); 3804 3805 case MAC_PROP_RXRINGSRANGE: 3806 case MAC_PROP_TXRINGSRANGE: 3807 /* 3808 * Currently, we support range for RX and TX rings properties. 3809 * When we extend this support to maxbw, cpus and priority, 3810 * we should move this to mac_get_resources. 3811 * There is no default value for RX or TX rings. 3812 */ 3813 if ((mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC) && 3814 mac_is_vnic_primary(mh)) { 3815 /* 3816 * We don't support setting rings for a VLAN 3817 * data link because it shares its ring with the 3818 * primary MAC client. 3819 */ 3820 if (perm != NULL) 3821 *perm = MAC_PROP_PERM_READ; 3822 if (range != NULL) 3823 range->mpr_count = 0; 3824 } else if (range != NULL) { 3825 if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC) 3826 mh = mac_get_lower_mac_handle(mh); 3827 mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 3828 if ((id == MAC_PROP_RXRINGSRANGE && 3829 mip->mi_rx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_STATIC) || 3830 (id == MAC_PROP_TXRINGSRANGE && 3831 mip->mi_tx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_STATIC)) { 3832 if (id == MAC_PROP_RXRINGSRANGE) { 3833 if ((mac_rxhwlnksavail_get(mh) + 3834 mac_rxhwlnksrsvd_get(mh)) <= 1) { 3835 /* 3836 * doesn't support groups or 3837 * rings 3838 */ 3839 range->mpr_count = 0; 3840 } else { 3841 /* 3842 * supports specifying groups, 3843 * but not rings 3844 */ 3845 _mac_set_range(range, 0, 0); 3846 } 3847 } else { 3848 if ((mac_txhwlnksavail_get(mh) + 3849 mac_txhwlnksrsvd_get(mh)) <= 1) { 3850 /* 3851 * doesn't support groups or 3852 * rings 3853 */ 3854 range->mpr_count = 0; 3855 } else { 3856 /* 3857 * supports specifying groups, 3858 * but not rings 3859 */ 3860 _mac_set_range(range, 0, 0); 3861 } 3862 } 3863 } else { 3864 max = id == MAC_PROP_RXRINGSRANGE ? 3865 mac_rxavail_get(mh) + mac_rxrsvd_get(mh) : 3866 mac_txavail_get(mh) + mac_txrsvd_get(mh); 3867 if (max <= 1) { 3868 /* 3869 * doesn't support groups or 3870 * rings 3871 */ 3872 range->mpr_count = 0; 3873 } else { 3874 /* 3875 * -1 because we have to leave out the 3876 * default ring. 3877 */ 3878 _mac_set_range(range, 1, max - 1); 3879 } 3880 } 3881 } 3882 return (0); 3883 3884 case MAC_PROP_STATUS: 3885 case MAC_PROP_MEDIA: 3886 if (perm != NULL) 3887 *perm = MAC_PROP_PERM_READ; 3888 return (0); 3889 } 3890 3891 /* 3892 * Get the property info from the driver if it implements the 3893 * property info entry point. 3894 */ 3895 bzero(&state, sizeof (state)); 3896 3897 if (mip->mi_callbacks->mc_callbacks & MC_PROPINFO) { 3898 state.pr_default = default_val; 3899 state.pr_default_size = default_size; 3900 3901 /* 3902 * The caller specifies the maximum number of ranges 3903 * it can accomodate using mpr_count. We don't touch 3904 * this value until the driver returns from its 3905 * mc_propinfo() callback, and ensure we don't exceed 3906 * this number of range as the driver defines 3907 * supported range from its mc_propinfo(). 3908 * 3909 * pr_range_cur_count keeps track of how many ranges 3910 * were defined by the driver from its mc_propinfo() 3911 * entry point. 3912 * 3913 * On exit, the user-specified range mpr_count returns 3914 * the number of ranges specified by the driver on 3915 * success, or the number of ranges it wanted to 3916 * define if that number of ranges could not be 3917 * accomodated by the specified range structure. In 3918 * the latter case, the caller will be able to 3919 * allocate a larger range structure, and query the 3920 * property again. 3921 */ 3922 state.pr_range_cur_count = 0; 3923 state.pr_range = range; 3924 3925 mip->mi_callbacks->mc_propinfo(mip->mi_driver, name, id, 3926 (mac_prop_info_handle_t)&state); 3927 3928 if (state.pr_flags & MAC_PROP_INFO_RANGE) 3929 range->mpr_count = state.pr_range_cur_count; 3930 3931 /* 3932 * The operation could fail if the buffer supplied by 3933 * the user was too small for the range or default 3934 * value of the property. 3935 */ 3936 if (state.pr_errno != 0) 3937 return (state.pr_errno); 3938 3939 if (perm != NULL && state.pr_flags & MAC_PROP_INFO_PERM) 3940 *perm = state.pr_perm; 3941 } 3942 3943 /* 3944 * The MAC layer may want to provide default values or allowed 3945 * ranges for properties if the driver does not provide a 3946 * property info entry point, or that entry point exists, but 3947 * it did not provide a default value or allowed ranges for 3948 * that property. 3949 */ 3950 switch (id) { 3951 case MAC_PROP_MTU: { 3952 uint32_t sdu; 3953 3954 mac_sdu_get2(mh, NULL, &sdu, NULL); 3955 3956 if (range != NULL && !(state.pr_flags & 3957 MAC_PROP_INFO_RANGE)) { 3958 /* MTU range */ 3959 _mac_set_range(range, sdu, sdu); 3960 } 3961 3962 if (default_val != NULL && !(state.pr_flags & 3963 MAC_PROP_INFO_DEFAULT)) { 3964 if (mip->mi_info.mi_media == DL_ETHER) 3965 sdu = ETHERMTU; 3966 /* default MTU value */ 3967 bcopy(&sdu, default_val, sizeof (sdu)); 3968 } 3969 } 3970 } 3971 3972 return (0); 3973 } 3974 3975 int 3976 mac_fastpath_disable(mac_handle_t mh) 3977 { 3978 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 3979 3980 if ((mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_LEGACY) == 0) 3981 return (0); 3982 3983 return (mip->mi_capab_legacy.ml_fastpath_disable(mip->mi_driver)); 3984 } 3985 3986 void 3987 mac_fastpath_enable(mac_handle_t mh) 3988 { 3989 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 3990 3991 if ((mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_LEGACY) == 0) 3992 return; 3993 3994 mip->mi_capab_legacy.ml_fastpath_enable(mip->mi_driver); 3995 } 3996 3997 void 3998 mac_register_priv_prop(mac_impl_t *mip, char **priv_props) 3999 { 4000 uint_t nprops, i; 4001 4002 if (priv_props == NULL) 4003 return; 4004 4005 nprops = 0; 4006 while (priv_props[nprops] != NULL) 4007 nprops++; 4008 if (nprops == 0) 4009 return; 4010 4011 4012 mip->mi_priv_prop = kmem_zalloc(nprops * sizeof (char *), KM_SLEEP); 4013 4014 for (i = 0; i < nprops; i++) { 4015 mip->mi_priv_prop[i] = kmem_zalloc(MAXLINKPROPNAME, KM_SLEEP); 4016 (void) strlcpy(mip->mi_priv_prop[i], priv_props[i], 4017 MAXLINKPROPNAME); 4018 } 4019 4020 mip->mi_priv_prop_count = nprops; 4021 } 4022 4023 void 4024 mac_unregister_priv_prop(mac_impl_t *mip) 4025 { 4026 uint_t i; 4027 4028 if (mip->mi_priv_prop_count == 0) { 4029 ASSERT(mip->mi_priv_prop == NULL); 4030 return; 4031 } 4032 4033 for (i = 0; i < mip->mi_priv_prop_count; i++) 4034 kmem_free(mip->mi_priv_prop[i], MAXLINKPROPNAME); 4035 kmem_free(mip->mi_priv_prop, mip->mi_priv_prop_count * 4036 sizeof (char *)); 4037 4038 mip->mi_priv_prop = NULL; 4039 mip->mi_priv_prop_count = 0; 4040 } 4041 4042 /* 4043 * mac_ring_t 'mr' macros. Some rogue drivers may access ring structure 4044 * (by invoking mac_rx()) even after processing mac_stop_ring(). In such 4045 * cases if MAC free's the ring structure after mac_stop_ring(), any 4046 * illegal access to the ring structure coming from the driver will panic 4047 * the system. In order to protect the system from such inadverent access, 4048 * we maintain a cache of rings in the mac_impl_t after they get free'd up. 4049 * When packets are received on free'd up rings, MAC (through the generation 4050 * count mechanism) will drop such packets. 4051 */ 4052 static mac_ring_t * 4053 mac_ring_alloc(mac_impl_t *mip) 4054 { 4055 mac_ring_t *ring; 4056 4057 mutex_enter(&mip->mi_ring_lock); 4058 if (mip->mi_ring_freelist != NULL) { 4059 ring = mip->mi_ring_freelist; 4060 mip->mi_ring_freelist = ring->mr_next; 4061 bzero(ring, sizeof (mac_ring_t)); 4062 mutex_exit(&mip->mi_ring_lock); 4063 } else { 4064 mutex_exit(&mip->mi_ring_lock); 4065 ring = kmem_cache_alloc(mac_ring_cache, KM_SLEEP); 4066 } 4067 ASSERT((ring != NULL) && (ring->mr_state == MR_FREE)); 4068 return (ring); 4069 } 4070 4071 static void 4072 mac_ring_free(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_ring_t *ring) 4073 { 4074 ASSERT(ring->mr_state == MR_FREE); 4075 4076 mutex_enter(&mip->mi_ring_lock); 4077 ring->mr_state = MR_FREE; 4078 ring->mr_flag = 0; 4079 ring->mr_next = mip->mi_ring_freelist; 4080 ring->mr_mip = NULL; 4081 mip->mi_ring_freelist = ring; 4082 mac_ring_stat_delete(ring); 4083 mutex_exit(&mip->mi_ring_lock); 4084 } 4085 4086 static void 4087 mac_ring_freeall(mac_impl_t *mip) 4088 { 4089 mac_ring_t *ring_next; 4090 mutex_enter(&mip->mi_ring_lock); 4091 mac_ring_t *ring = mip->mi_ring_freelist; 4092 while (ring != NULL) { 4093 ring_next = ring->mr_next; 4094 kmem_cache_free(mac_ring_cache, ring); 4095 ring = ring_next; 4096 } 4097 mip->mi_ring_freelist = NULL; 4098 mutex_exit(&mip->mi_ring_lock); 4099 } 4100 4101 int 4102 mac_start_ring(mac_ring_t *ring) 4103 { 4104 int rv = 0; 4105 4106 ASSERT(ring->mr_state == MR_FREE); 4107 4108 if (ring->mr_start != NULL) { 4109 rv = ring->mr_start(ring->mr_driver, ring->mr_gen_num); 4110 if (rv != 0) 4111 return (rv); 4112 } 4113 4114 ring->mr_state = MR_INUSE; 4115 return (rv); 4116 } 4117 4118 void 4119 mac_stop_ring(mac_ring_t *ring) 4120 { 4121 ASSERT(ring->mr_state == MR_INUSE); 4122 4123 if (ring->mr_stop != NULL) 4124 ring->mr_stop(ring->mr_driver); 4125 4126 ring->mr_state = MR_FREE; 4127 4128 /* 4129 * Increment the ring generation number for this ring. 4130 */ 4131 ring->mr_gen_num++; 4132 } 4133 4134 int 4135 mac_start_group(mac_group_t *group) 4136 { 4137 int rv = 0; 4138 4139 if (group->mrg_start != NULL) 4140 rv = group->mrg_start(group->mrg_driver); 4141 4142 return (rv); 4143 } 4144 4145 void 4146 mac_stop_group(mac_group_t *group) 4147 { 4148 if (group->mrg_stop != NULL) 4149 group->mrg_stop(group->mrg_driver); 4150 } 4151 4152 /* 4153 * Called from mac_start() on the default Rx group. Broadcast and multicast 4154 * packets are received only on the default group. Hence the default group 4155 * needs to be up even if the primary client is not up, for the other groups 4156 * to be functional. We do this by calling this function at mac_start time 4157 * itself. However the broadcast packets that are received can't make their 4158 * way beyond mac_rx until a mac client creates a broadcast flow. 4159 */ 4160 static int 4161 mac_start_group_and_rings(mac_group_t *group) 4162 { 4163 mac_ring_t *ring; 4164 int rv = 0; 4165 4166 ASSERT(group->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED); 4167 if ((rv = mac_start_group(group)) != 0) 4168 return (rv); 4169 4170 for (ring = group->mrg_rings; ring != NULL; ring = ring->mr_next) { 4171 ASSERT(ring->mr_state == MR_FREE); 4172 4173 if ((rv = mac_start_ring(ring)) != 0) 4174 goto error; 4175 4176 /* 4177 * When aggr_set_port_sdu() is called, it will remove 4178 * the port client's unicast address. This will cause 4179 * MAC to stop the default group's rings on the port 4180 * MAC. After it modifies the SDU, it will then re-add 4181 * the unicast address. At which time, this function is 4182 * called to start the default group's rings. Normally 4183 * this function would set the classify type to 4184 * MAC_SW_CLASSIFIER; but that will break aggr which 4185 * relies on the passthru classify mode being set for 4186 * correct delivery (see mac_rx_common()). To avoid 4187 * that, we check for a passthru callback and set the 4188 * classify type to MAC_PASSTHRU_CLASSIFIER; as it was 4189 * before the rings were stopped. 4190 */ 4191 ring->mr_classify_type = (ring->mr_pt_fn != NULL) ? 4192 MAC_PASSTHRU_CLASSIFIER : MAC_SW_CLASSIFIER; 4193 } 4194 return (0); 4195 4196 error: 4197 mac_stop_group_and_rings(group); 4198 return (rv); 4199 } 4200 4201 /* Called from mac_stop on the default Rx group */ 4202 static void 4203 mac_stop_group_and_rings(mac_group_t *group) 4204 { 4205 mac_ring_t *ring; 4206 4207 for (ring = group->mrg_rings; ring != NULL; ring = ring->mr_next) { 4208 if (ring->mr_state != MR_FREE) { 4209 mac_stop_ring(ring); 4210 ring->mr_flag = 0; 4211 ring->mr_classify_type = MAC_NO_CLASSIFIER; 4212 } 4213 } 4214 mac_stop_group(group); 4215 } 4216 4217 4218 static mac_ring_t * 4219 mac_init_ring(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_group_t *group, int index, 4220 mac_capab_rings_t *cap_rings) 4221 { 4222 mac_ring_t *ring, *rnext; 4223 mac_ring_info_t ring_info; 4224 ddi_intr_handle_t ddi_handle; 4225 4226 ring = mac_ring_alloc(mip); 4227 4228 /* Prepare basic information of ring */ 4229 4230 /* 4231 * Ring index is numbered to be unique across a particular device. 4232 * Ring index computation makes following assumptions: 4233 * - For drivers with static grouping (e.g. ixgbe, bge), 4234 * ring index exchanged with the driver (e.g. during mr_rget) 4235 * is unique only across the group the ring belongs to. 4236 * - Drivers with dynamic grouping (e.g. nxge), start 4237 * with single group (mrg_index = 0). 4238 */ 4239 ring->mr_index = group->mrg_index * group->mrg_info.mgi_count + index; 4240 ring->mr_type = group->mrg_type; 4241 ring->mr_gh = (mac_group_handle_t)group; 4242 4243 /* Insert the new ring to the list. */ 4244 ring->mr_next = group->mrg_rings; 4245 group->mrg_rings = ring; 4246 4247 /* Zero to reuse the info data structure */ 4248 bzero(&ring_info, sizeof (ring_info)); 4249 4250 /* Query ring information from driver */ 4251 cap_rings->mr_rget(mip->mi_driver, group->mrg_type, group->mrg_index, 4252 index, &ring_info, (mac_ring_handle_t)ring); 4253 4254 ring->mr_info = ring_info; 4255 4256 /* 4257 * The interrupt handle could be shared among multiple rings. 4258 * Thus if there is a bunch of rings that are sharing an 4259 * interrupt, then only one ring among the bunch will be made 4260 * available for interrupt re-targeting; the rest will have 4261 * ddi_shared flag set to TRUE and would not be available for 4262 * be interrupt re-targeting. 4263 */ 4264 if ((ddi_handle = ring_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_handle) != NULL) { 4265 rnext = ring->mr_next; 4266 while (rnext != NULL) { 4267 if (rnext->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_handle == 4268 ddi_handle) { 4269 /* 4270 * If default ring (mr_index == 0) is part 4271 * of a group of rings sharing an 4272 * interrupt, then set ddi_shared flag for 4273 * the default ring and give another ring 4274 * the chance to be re-targeted. 4275 */ 4276 if (rnext->mr_index == 0 && 4277 !rnext->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_shared) { 4278 rnext->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_shared = 4279 B_TRUE; 4280 } else { 4281 ring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_shared = 4282 B_TRUE; 4283 } 4284 break; 4285 } 4286 rnext = rnext->mr_next; 4287 } 4288 /* 4289 * If rnext is NULL, then no matching ddi_handle was found. 4290 * Rx rings get registered first. So if this is a Tx ring, 4291 * then go through all the Rx rings and see if there is a 4292 * matching ddi handle. 4293 */ 4294 if (rnext == NULL && ring->mr_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_TX) { 4295 mac_compare_ddi_handle(mip->mi_rx_groups, 4296 mip->mi_rx_group_count, ring); 4297 } 4298 } 4299 4300 /* Update ring's status */ 4301 ring->mr_state = MR_FREE; 4302 ring->mr_flag = 0; 4303 4304 /* Update the ring count of the group */ 4305 group->mrg_cur_count++; 4306 4307 /* Create per ring kstats */ 4308 if (ring->mr_stat != NULL) { 4309 ring->mr_mip = mip; 4310 mac_ring_stat_create(ring); 4311 } 4312 4313 return (ring); 4314 } 4315 4316 /* 4317 * Rings are chained together for easy regrouping. 4318 */ 4319 static void 4320 mac_init_group(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_group_t *group, int size, 4321 mac_capab_rings_t *cap_rings) 4322 { 4323 int index; 4324 4325 /* 4326 * Initialize all ring members of this group. Size of zero will not 4327 * enter the loop, so it's safe for initializing an empty group. 4328 */ 4329 for (index = size - 1; index >= 0; index--) 4330 (void) mac_init_ring(mip, group, index, cap_rings); 4331 } 4332 4333 int 4334 mac_init_rings(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_ring_type_t rtype) 4335 { 4336 mac_capab_rings_t *cap_rings; 4337 mac_group_t *group; 4338 mac_group_t *groups; 4339 mac_group_info_t group_info; 4340 uint_t group_free = 0; 4341 uint_t ring_left; 4342 mac_ring_t *ring; 4343 int g; 4344 int err = 0; 4345 uint_t grpcnt; 4346 boolean_t pseudo_txgrp = B_FALSE; 4347 4348 switch (rtype) { 4349 case MAC_RING_TYPE_RX: 4350 ASSERT(mip->mi_rx_groups == NULL); 4351 4352 cap_rings = &mip->mi_rx_rings_cap; 4353 cap_rings->mr_type = MAC_RING_TYPE_RX; 4354 break; 4355 case MAC_RING_TYPE_TX: 4356 ASSERT(mip->mi_tx_groups == NULL); 4357 4358 cap_rings = &mip->mi_tx_rings_cap; 4359 cap_rings->mr_type = MAC_RING_TYPE_TX; 4360 break; 4361 default: 4362 ASSERT(B_FALSE); 4363 } 4364 4365 if (!i_mac_capab_get((mac_handle_t)mip, MAC_CAPAB_RINGS, cap_rings)) 4366 return (0); 4367 grpcnt = cap_rings->mr_gnum; 4368 4369 /* 4370 * If we have multiple TX rings, but only one TX group, we can 4371 * create pseudo TX groups (one per TX ring) in the MAC layer, 4372 * except for an aggr. For an aggr currently we maintain only 4373 * one group with all the rings (for all its ports), going 4374 * forwards we might change this. 4375 */ 4376 if (rtype == MAC_RING_TYPE_TX && 4377 cap_rings->mr_gnum == 0 && cap_rings->mr_rnum > 0 && 4378 (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_AGGR) == 0) { 4379 /* 4380 * The -1 here is because we create a default TX group 4381 * with all the rings in it. 4382 */ 4383 grpcnt = cap_rings->mr_rnum - 1; 4384 pseudo_txgrp = B_TRUE; 4385 } 4386 4387 /* 4388 * Allocate a contiguous buffer for all groups. 4389 */ 4390 groups = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (mac_group_t) * (grpcnt+ 1), KM_SLEEP); 4391 4392 ring_left = cap_rings->mr_rnum; 4393 4394 /* 4395 * Get all ring groups if any, and get their ring members 4396 * if any. 4397 */ 4398 for (g = 0; g < grpcnt; g++) { 4399 group = groups + g; 4400 4401 /* Prepare basic information of the group */ 4402 group->mrg_index = g; 4403 group->mrg_type = rtype; 4404 group->mrg_state = MAC_GROUP_STATE_UNINIT; 4405 group->mrg_mh = (mac_handle_t)mip; 4406 group->mrg_next = group + 1; 4407 4408 /* Zero to reuse the info data structure */ 4409 bzero(&group_info, sizeof (group_info)); 4410 4411 if (pseudo_txgrp) { 4412 /* 4413 * This is a pseudo group that we created, apart 4414 * from setting the state there is nothing to be 4415 * done. 4416 */ 4417 group->mrg_state = MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED; 4418 group_free++; 4419 continue; 4420 } 4421 /* Query group information from driver */ 4422 cap_rings->mr_gget(mip->mi_driver, rtype, g, &group_info, 4423 (mac_group_handle_t)group); 4424 4425 switch (cap_rings->mr_group_type) { 4426 case MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC: 4427 if (cap_rings->mr_gaddring == NULL || 4428 cap_rings->mr_gremring == NULL) { 4429 DTRACE_PROBE3( 4430 mac__init__rings_no_addremring, 4431 char *, mip->mi_name, 4432 mac_group_add_ring_t, 4433 cap_rings->mr_gaddring, 4434 mac_group_add_ring_t, 4435 cap_rings->mr_gremring); 4436 err = EINVAL; 4437 goto bail; 4438 } 4439 4440 switch (rtype) { 4441 case MAC_RING_TYPE_RX: 4442 /* 4443 * The first RX group must have non-zero 4444 * rings, and the following groups must 4445 * have zero rings. 4446 */ 4447 if (g == 0 && group_info.mgi_count == 0) { 4448 DTRACE_PROBE1( 4449 mac__init__rings__rx__def__zero, 4450 char *, mip->mi_name); 4451 err = EINVAL; 4452 goto bail; 4453 } 4454 if (g > 0 && group_info.mgi_count != 0) { 4455 DTRACE_PROBE3( 4456 mac__init__rings__rx__nonzero, 4457 char *, mip->mi_name, 4458 int, g, int, group_info.mgi_count); 4459 err = EINVAL; 4460 goto bail; 4461 } 4462 break; 4463 case MAC_RING_TYPE_TX: 4464 /* 4465 * All TX ring groups must have zero rings. 4466 */ 4467 if (group_info.mgi_count != 0) { 4468 DTRACE_PROBE3( 4469 mac__init__rings__tx__nonzero, 4470 char *, mip->mi_name, 4471 int, g, int, group_info.mgi_count); 4472 err = EINVAL; 4473 goto bail; 4474 } 4475 break; 4476 } 4477 break; 4478 case MAC_GROUP_TYPE_STATIC: 4479 /* 4480 * Note that an empty group is allowed, e.g., an aggr 4481 * would start with an empty group. 4482 */ 4483 break; 4484 default: 4485 /* unknown group type */ 4486 DTRACE_PROBE2(mac__init__rings__unknown__type, 4487 char *, mip->mi_name, 4488 int, cap_rings->mr_group_type); 4489 err = EINVAL; 4490 goto bail; 4491 } 4492 4493 4494 /* 4495 * The driver must register some form of hardware MAC 4496 * filter in order for Rx groups to support multiple 4497 * MAC addresses. 4498 */ 4499 if (rtype == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX && 4500 (group_info.mgi_addmac == NULL || 4501 group_info.mgi_remmac == NULL)) { 4502 DTRACE_PROBE1(mac__init__rings__no__mac__filter, 4503 char *, mip->mi_name); 4504 err = EINVAL; 4505 goto bail; 4506 } 4507 4508 /* Cache driver-supplied information */ 4509 group->mrg_info = group_info; 4510 4511 /* Update the group's status and group count. */ 4512 mac_set_group_state(group, MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED); 4513 group_free++; 4514 4515 group->mrg_rings = NULL; 4516 group->mrg_cur_count = 0; 4517 mac_init_group(mip, group, group_info.mgi_count, cap_rings); 4518 ring_left -= group_info.mgi_count; 4519 4520 /* The current group size should be equal to default value */ 4521 ASSERT(group->mrg_cur_count == group_info.mgi_count); 4522 } 4523 4524 /* Build up a dummy group for free resources as a pool */ 4525 group = groups + grpcnt; 4526 4527 /* Prepare basic information of the group */ 4528 group->mrg_index = -1; 4529 group->mrg_type = rtype; 4530 group->mrg_state = MAC_GROUP_STATE_UNINIT; 4531 group->mrg_mh = (mac_handle_t)mip; 4532 group->mrg_next = NULL; 4533 4534 /* 4535 * If there are ungrouped rings, allocate a continuous buffer for 4536 * remaining resources. 4537 */ 4538 if (ring_left != 0) { 4539 group->mrg_rings = NULL; 4540 group->mrg_cur_count = 0; 4541 mac_init_group(mip, group, ring_left, cap_rings); 4542 4543 /* The current group size should be equal to ring_left */ 4544 ASSERT(group->mrg_cur_count == ring_left); 4545 4546 ring_left = 0; 4547 4548 /* Update this group's status */ 4549 mac_set_group_state(group, MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED); 4550 } else { 4551 group->mrg_rings = NULL; 4552 } 4553 4554 ASSERT(ring_left == 0); 4555 4556 bail: 4557 4558 /* Cache other important information to finalize the initialization */ 4559 switch (rtype) { 4560 case MAC_RING_TYPE_RX: 4561 mip->mi_rx_group_type = cap_rings->mr_group_type; 4562 mip->mi_rx_group_count = cap_rings->mr_gnum; 4563 mip->mi_rx_groups = groups; 4564 mip->mi_rx_donor_grp = groups; 4565 if (mip->mi_rx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) { 4566 /* 4567 * The default ring is reserved since it is 4568 * used for sending the broadcast etc. packets. 4569 */ 4570 mip->mi_rxrings_avail = 4571 mip->mi_rx_groups->mrg_cur_count - 1; 4572 mip->mi_rxrings_rsvd = 1; 4573 } 4574 /* 4575 * The default group cannot be reserved. It is used by 4576 * all the clients that do not have an exclusive group. 4577 */ 4578 mip->mi_rxhwclnt_avail = mip->mi_rx_group_count - 1; 4579 mip->mi_rxhwclnt_used = 1; 4580 break; 4581 case MAC_RING_TYPE_TX: 4582 mip->mi_tx_group_type = pseudo_txgrp ? MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC : 4583 cap_rings->mr_group_type; 4584 mip->mi_tx_group_count = grpcnt; 4585 mip->mi_tx_group_free = group_free; 4586 mip->mi_tx_groups = groups; 4587 4588 group = groups + grpcnt; 4589 ring = group->mrg_rings; 4590 /* 4591 * The ring can be NULL in the case of aggr. Aggr will 4592 * have an empty Tx group which will get populated 4593 * later when pseudo Tx rings are added after 4594 * mac_register() is done. 4595 */ 4596 if (ring == NULL) { 4597 ASSERT(mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_AGGR); 4598 /* 4599 * pass the group to aggr so it can add Tx 4600 * rings to the group later. 4601 */ 4602 cap_rings->mr_gget(mip->mi_driver, rtype, 0, NULL, 4603 (mac_group_handle_t)group); 4604 /* 4605 * Even though there are no rings at this time 4606 * (rings will come later), set the group 4607 * state to registered. 4608 */ 4609 group->mrg_state = MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED; 4610 } else { 4611 /* 4612 * Ring 0 is used as the default one and it could be 4613 * assigned to a client as well. 4614 */ 4615 while ((ring->mr_index != 0) && (ring->mr_next != NULL)) 4616 ring = ring->mr_next; 4617 ASSERT(ring->mr_index == 0); 4618 mip->mi_default_tx_ring = (mac_ring_handle_t)ring; 4619 } 4620 if (mip->mi_tx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) { 4621 mip->mi_txrings_avail = group->mrg_cur_count - 1; 4622 /* 4623 * The default ring cannot be reserved. 4624 */ 4625 mip->mi_txrings_rsvd = 1; 4626 } 4627 /* 4628 * The default group cannot be reserved. It will be shared 4629 * by clients that do not have an exclusive group. 4630 */ 4631 mip->mi_txhwclnt_avail = mip->mi_tx_group_count; 4632 mip->mi_txhwclnt_used = 1; 4633 break; 4634 default: 4635 ASSERT(B_FALSE); 4636 } 4637 4638 if (err != 0) 4639 mac_free_rings(mip, rtype); 4640 4641 return (err); 4642 } 4643 4644 /* 4645 * The ddi interrupt handle could be shared amoung rings. If so, compare 4646 * the new ring's ddi handle with the existing ones and set ddi_shared 4647 * flag. 4648 */ 4649 void 4650 mac_compare_ddi_handle(mac_group_t *groups, uint_t grpcnt, mac_ring_t *cring) 4651 { 4652 mac_group_t *group; 4653 mac_ring_t *ring; 4654 ddi_intr_handle_t ddi_handle; 4655 int g; 4656 4657 ddi_handle = cring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_handle; 4658 for (g = 0; g < grpcnt; g++) { 4659 group = groups + g; 4660 for (ring = group->mrg_rings; ring != NULL; 4661 ring = ring->mr_next) { 4662 if (ring == cring) 4663 continue; 4664 if (ring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_handle == 4665 ddi_handle) { 4666 if (cring->mr_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX && 4667 ring->mr_index == 0 && 4668 !ring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_shared) { 4669 ring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_shared = 4670 B_TRUE; 4671 } else { 4672 cring->mr_info.mri_intr.mi_ddi_shared = 4673 B_TRUE; 4674 } 4675 return; 4676 } 4677 } 4678 } 4679 } 4680 4681 /* 4682 * Called to free all groups of particular type (RX or TX). It's assumed that 4683 * no clients are using these groups. 4684 */ 4685 void 4686 mac_free_rings(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_ring_type_t rtype) 4687 { 4688 mac_group_t *group, *groups; 4689 uint_t group_count; 4690 4691 switch (rtype) { 4692 case MAC_RING_TYPE_RX: 4693 if (mip->mi_rx_groups == NULL) 4694 return; 4695 4696 groups = mip->mi_rx_groups; 4697 group_count = mip->mi_rx_group_count; 4698 4699 mip->mi_rx_groups = NULL; 4700 mip->mi_rx_donor_grp = NULL; 4701 mip->mi_rx_group_count = 0; 4702 break; 4703 case MAC_RING_TYPE_TX: 4704 ASSERT(mip->mi_tx_group_count == mip->mi_tx_group_free); 4705 4706 if (mip->mi_tx_groups == NULL) 4707 return; 4708 4709 groups = mip->mi_tx_groups; 4710 group_count = mip->mi_tx_group_count; 4711 4712 mip->mi_tx_groups = NULL; 4713 mip->mi_tx_group_count = 0; 4714 mip->mi_tx_group_free = 0; 4715 mip->mi_default_tx_ring = NULL; 4716 break; 4717 default: 4718 ASSERT(B_FALSE); 4719 } 4720 4721 for (group = groups; group != NULL; group = group->mrg_next) { 4722 mac_ring_t *ring; 4723 4724 if (group->mrg_cur_count == 0) 4725 continue; 4726 4727 ASSERT(group->mrg_rings != NULL); 4728 4729 while ((ring = group->mrg_rings) != NULL) { 4730 group->mrg_rings = ring->mr_next; 4731 mac_ring_free(mip, ring); 4732 } 4733 } 4734 4735 /* Free all the cached rings */ 4736 mac_ring_freeall(mip); 4737 /* Free the block of group data strutures */ 4738 kmem_free(groups, sizeof (mac_group_t) * (group_count + 1)); 4739 } 4740 4741 /* 4742 * Associate the VLAN filter to the receive group. 4743 */ 4744 int 4745 mac_group_addvlan(mac_group_t *group, uint16_t vlan) 4746 { 4747 VERIFY3S(group->mrg_type, ==, MAC_RING_TYPE_RX); 4748 VERIFY3P(group->mrg_info.mgi_addvlan, !=, NULL); 4749 4750 if (vlan > VLAN_ID_MAX) 4751 return (EINVAL); 4752 4753 vlan = MAC_VLAN_UNTAGGED_VID(vlan); 4754 return (group->mrg_info.mgi_addvlan(group->mrg_info.mgi_driver, vlan)); 4755 } 4756 4757 /* 4758 * Dissociate the VLAN from the receive group. 4759 */ 4760 int 4761 mac_group_remvlan(mac_group_t *group, uint16_t vlan) 4762 { 4763 VERIFY3S(group->mrg_type, ==, MAC_RING_TYPE_RX); 4764 VERIFY3P(group->mrg_info.mgi_remvlan, !=, NULL); 4765 4766 if (vlan > VLAN_ID_MAX) 4767 return (EINVAL); 4768 4769 vlan = MAC_VLAN_UNTAGGED_VID(vlan); 4770 return (group->mrg_info.mgi_remvlan(group->mrg_info.mgi_driver, vlan)); 4771 } 4772 4773 /* 4774 * Associate a MAC address with a receive group. 4775 * 4776 * The return value of this function should always be checked properly, because 4777 * any type of failure could cause unexpected results. A group can be added 4778 * or removed with a MAC address only after it has been reserved. Ideally, 4779 * a successful reservation always leads to calling mac_group_addmac() to 4780 * steer desired traffic. Failure of adding an unicast MAC address doesn't 4781 * always imply that the group is functioning abnormally. 4782 * 4783 * Currently this function is called everywhere, and it reflects assumptions 4784 * about MAC addresses in the implementation. CR 6735196. 4785 */ 4786 int 4787 mac_group_addmac(mac_group_t *group, const uint8_t *addr) 4788 { 4789 VERIFY3S(group->mrg_type, ==, MAC_RING_TYPE_RX); 4790 VERIFY3P(group->mrg_info.mgi_addmac, !=, NULL); 4791 4792 return (group->mrg_info.mgi_addmac(group->mrg_info.mgi_driver, addr)); 4793 } 4794 4795 /* 4796 * Remove the association between MAC address and receive group. 4797 */ 4798 int 4799 mac_group_remmac(mac_group_t *group, const uint8_t *addr) 4800 { 4801 VERIFY3S(group->mrg_type, ==, MAC_RING_TYPE_RX); 4802 VERIFY3P(group->mrg_info.mgi_remmac, !=, NULL); 4803 4804 return (group->mrg_info.mgi_remmac(group->mrg_info.mgi_driver, addr)); 4805 } 4806 4807 /* 4808 * This is the entry point for packets transmitted through the bridge 4809 * code. If no bridge is in place, mac_ring_tx() transmits via the tx 4810 * ring. The 'rh' pointer may be NULL to select the default ring. 4811 */ 4812 mblk_t * 4813 mac_bridge_tx(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_ring_handle_t rh, mblk_t *mp) 4814 { 4815 mac_handle_t mh; 4816 4817 /* 4818 * Once we take a reference on the bridge link, the bridge 4819 * module itself can't unload, so the callback pointers are 4820 * stable. 4821 */ 4822 mutex_enter(&mip->mi_bridge_lock); 4823 if ((mh = mip->mi_bridge_link) != NULL) 4824 mac_bridge_ref_cb(mh, B_TRUE); 4825 mutex_exit(&mip->mi_bridge_lock); 4826 if (mh == NULL) { 4827 mp = mac_ring_tx((mac_handle_t)mip, rh, mp); 4828 } else { 4829 /* 4830 * The bridge may place this mblk on a provider's Tx 4831 * path, a mac's Rx path, or both. Since we don't have 4832 * enough information at this point, we can't be sure 4833 * that the destination(s) are capable of handling the 4834 * hardware offloads requested by the mblk. We emulate 4835 * them here as it is the safest choice. In the 4836 * future, if bridge performance becomes a priority, 4837 * we can elide the emulation here and leave the 4838 * choice up to bridge. 4839 * 4840 * We don't clear the DB_CKSUMFLAGS here because 4841 * HCK_IPV4_HDRCKSUM (Tx) and HCK_IPV4_HDRCKSUM_OK 4842 * (Rx) still have the same value. If the bridge 4843 * receives a packet from a HCKSUM_IPHDRCKSUM NIC then 4844 * the mac(s) it is forwarded on may calculate the 4845 * checksum again, but incorrectly (because the 4846 * checksum field is not zero). Until the 4847 * HCK_IPV4_HDRCKSUM/HCK_IPV4_HDRCKSUM_OK issue is 4848 * resovled, we leave the flag clearing in bridge 4849 * itself. 4850 */ 4851 if ((DB_CKSUMFLAGS(mp) & (HCK_TX_FLAGS | HW_LSO_FLAGS)) != 0) { 4852 mac_hw_emul(&mp, NULL, NULL, MAC_ALL_EMULS); 4853 } 4854 4855 mp = mac_bridge_tx_cb(mh, rh, mp); 4856 mac_bridge_ref_cb(mh, B_FALSE); 4857 } 4858 4859 return (mp); 4860 } 4861 4862 /* 4863 * Find a ring from its index. 4864 */ 4865 mac_ring_handle_t 4866 mac_find_ring(mac_group_handle_t gh, int index) 4867 { 4868 mac_group_t *group = (mac_group_t *)gh; 4869 mac_ring_t *ring = group->mrg_rings; 4870 4871 for (ring = group->mrg_rings; ring != NULL; ring = ring->mr_next) 4872 if (ring->mr_index == index) 4873 break; 4874 4875 return ((mac_ring_handle_t)ring); 4876 } 4877 /* 4878 * Add a ring to an existing group. 4879 * 4880 * The ring must be either passed directly (for example if the ring 4881 * movement is initiated by the framework), or specified through a driver 4882 * index (for example when the ring is added by the driver. 4883 * 4884 * The caller needs to call mac_perim_enter() before calling this function. 4885 */ 4886 int 4887 i_mac_group_add_ring(mac_group_t *group, mac_ring_t *ring, int index) 4888 { 4889 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)group->mrg_mh; 4890 mac_capab_rings_t *cap_rings; 4891 boolean_t driver_call = (ring == NULL); 4892 mac_group_type_t group_type; 4893 int ret = 0; 4894 flow_entry_t *flent; 4895 4896 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip)); 4897 4898 switch (group->mrg_type) { 4899 case MAC_RING_TYPE_RX: 4900 cap_rings = &mip->mi_rx_rings_cap; 4901 group_type = mip->mi_rx_group_type; 4902 break; 4903 case MAC_RING_TYPE_TX: 4904 cap_rings = &mip->mi_tx_rings_cap; 4905 group_type = mip->mi_tx_group_type; 4906 break; 4907 default: 4908 ASSERT(B_FALSE); 4909 } 4910 4911 /* 4912 * There should be no ring with the same ring index in the target 4913 * group. 4914 */ 4915 ASSERT(mac_find_ring((mac_group_handle_t)group, 4916 driver_call ? index : ring->mr_index) == NULL); 4917 4918 if (driver_call) { 4919 /* 4920 * The function is called as a result of a request from 4921 * a driver to add a ring to an existing group, for example 4922 * from the aggregation driver. Allocate a new mac_ring_t 4923 * for that ring. 4924 */ 4925 ring = mac_init_ring(mip, group, index, cap_rings); 4926 ASSERT(group->mrg_state > MAC_GROUP_STATE_UNINIT); 4927 } else { 4928 /* 4929 * The function is called as a result of a MAC layer request 4930 * to add a ring to an existing group. In this case the 4931 * ring is being moved between groups, which requires 4932 * the underlying driver to support dynamic grouping, 4933 * and the mac_ring_t already exists. 4934 */ 4935 ASSERT(group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC); 4936 ASSERT(group->mrg_driver == NULL || 4937 cap_rings->mr_gaddring != NULL); 4938 ASSERT(ring->mr_gh == NULL); 4939 } 4940 4941 /* 4942 * At this point the ring should not be in use, and it should be 4943 * of the right for the target group. 4944 */ 4945 ASSERT(ring->mr_state < MR_INUSE); 4946 ASSERT(ring->mr_srs == NULL); 4947 ASSERT(ring->mr_type == group->mrg_type); 4948 4949 if (!driver_call) { 4950 /* 4951 * Add the driver level hardware ring if the process was not 4952 * initiated by the driver, and the target group is not the 4953 * group. 4954 */ 4955 if (group->mrg_driver != NULL) { 4956 cap_rings->mr_gaddring(group->mrg_driver, 4957 ring->mr_driver, ring->mr_type); 4958 } 4959 4960 /* 4961 * Insert the ring ahead existing rings. 4962 */ 4963 ring->mr_next = group->mrg_rings; 4964 group->mrg_rings = ring; 4965 ring->mr_gh = (mac_group_handle_t)group; 4966 group->mrg_cur_count++; 4967 } 4968 4969 /* 4970 * If the group has not been actively used, we're done. 4971 */ 4972 if (group->mrg_index != -1 && 4973 group->mrg_state < MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) 4974 return (0); 4975 4976 /* 4977 * Start the ring if needed. Failure causes to undo the grouping action. 4978 */ 4979 if (ring->mr_state != MR_INUSE) { 4980 if ((ret = mac_start_ring(ring)) != 0) { 4981 if (!driver_call) { 4982 cap_rings->mr_gremring(group->mrg_driver, 4983 ring->mr_driver, ring->mr_type); 4984 } 4985 group->mrg_cur_count--; 4986 group->mrg_rings = ring->mr_next; 4987 4988 ring->mr_gh = NULL; 4989 4990 if (driver_call) 4991 mac_ring_free(mip, ring); 4992 4993 return (ret); 4994 } 4995 } 4996 4997 /* 4998 * Set up SRS/SR according to the ring type. 4999 */ 5000 switch (ring->mr_type) { 5001 case MAC_RING_TYPE_RX: 5002 /* 5003 * Setup an SRS on top of the new ring if the group is 5004 * reserved for someone's exclusive use. 5005 */ 5006 if (group->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) { 5007 mac_client_impl_t *mcip = MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(group); 5008 5009 VERIFY3P(mcip, !=, NULL); 5010 flent = mcip->mci_flent; 5011 VERIFY3S(flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt, >, 0); 5012 mac_rx_srs_group_setup(mcip, flent, SRST_LINK); 5013 mac_fanout_setup(mcip, flent, MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip), 5014 mac_rx_deliver, mcip, NULL, NULL); 5015 } else { 5016 ring->mr_classify_type = MAC_SW_CLASSIFIER; 5017 } 5018 break; 5019 case MAC_RING_TYPE_TX: 5020 { 5021 mac_grp_client_t *mgcp = group->mrg_clients; 5022 mac_client_impl_t *mcip; 5023 mac_soft_ring_set_t *mac_srs; 5024 mac_srs_tx_t *tx; 5025 5026 if (MAC_GROUP_NO_CLIENT(group)) { 5027 if (ring->mr_state == MR_INUSE) 5028 mac_stop_ring(ring); 5029 ring->mr_flag = 0; 5030 break; 5031 } 5032 /* 5033 * If the rings are being moved to a group that has 5034 * clients using it, then add the new rings to the 5035 * clients SRS. 5036 */ 5037 while (mgcp != NULL) { 5038 boolean_t is_aggr; 5039 5040 mcip = mgcp->mgc_client; 5041 flent = mcip->mci_flent; 5042 is_aggr = (mcip->mci_state_flags & MCIS_IS_AGGR_CLIENT); 5043 mac_srs = MCIP_TX_SRS(mcip); 5044 tx = &mac_srs->srs_tx; 5045 mac_tx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 5046 /* 5047 * If we are growing from 1 to multiple rings. 5048 */ 5049 if (tx->st_mode == SRS_TX_BW || 5050 tx->st_mode == SRS_TX_SERIALIZE || 5051 tx->st_mode == SRS_TX_DEFAULT) { 5052 mac_ring_t *tx_ring = tx->st_arg2; 5053 5054 tx->st_arg2 = NULL; 5055 mac_tx_srs_stat_recreate(mac_srs, B_TRUE); 5056 mac_tx_srs_add_ring(mac_srs, tx_ring); 5057 if (mac_srs->srs_type & SRST_BW_CONTROL) { 5058 tx->st_mode = is_aggr ? SRS_TX_BW_AGGR : 5059 SRS_TX_BW_FANOUT; 5060 } else { 5061 tx->st_mode = is_aggr ? SRS_TX_AGGR : 5062 SRS_TX_FANOUT; 5063 } 5064 tx->st_func = mac_tx_get_func(tx->st_mode); 5065 } 5066 mac_tx_srs_add_ring(mac_srs, ring); 5067 mac_fanout_setup(mcip, flent, MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip), 5068 mac_rx_deliver, mcip, NULL, NULL); 5069 mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 5070 mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next; 5071 } 5072 break; 5073 } 5074 default: 5075 ASSERT(B_FALSE); 5076 } 5077 /* 5078 * For aggr, the default ring will be NULL to begin with. If it 5079 * is NULL, then pick the first ring that gets added as the 5080 * default ring. Any ring in an aggregation can be removed at 5081 * any time (by the user action of removing a link) and if the 5082 * current default ring gets removed, then a new one gets 5083 * picked (see i_mac_group_rem_ring()). 5084 */ 5085 if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_AGGR && 5086 mip->mi_default_tx_ring == NULL && 5087 ring->mr_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_TX) { 5088 mip->mi_default_tx_ring = (mac_ring_handle_t)ring; 5089 } 5090 5091 MAC_RING_UNMARK(ring, MR_INCIPIENT); 5092 return (0); 5093 } 5094 5095 /* 5096 * Remove a ring from it's current group. MAC internal function for dynamic 5097 * grouping. 5098 * 5099 * The caller needs to call mac_perim_enter() before calling this function. 5100 */ 5101 void 5102 i_mac_group_rem_ring(mac_group_t *group, mac_ring_t *ring, 5103 boolean_t driver_call) 5104 { 5105 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)group->mrg_mh; 5106 mac_capab_rings_t *cap_rings = NULL; 5107 mac_group_type_t group_type; 5108 5109 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip)); 5110 5111 ASSERT(mac_find_ring((mac_group_handle_t)group, 5112 ring->mr_index) == (mac_ring_handle_t)ring); 5113 ASSERT((mac_group_t *)ring->mr_gh == group); 5114 ASSERT(ring->mr_type == group->mrg_type); 5115 5116 if (ring->mr_state == MR_INUSE) 5117 mac_stop_ring(ring); 5118 switch (ring->mr_type) { 5119 case MAC_RING_TYPE_RX: 5120 group_type = mip->mi_rx_group_type; 5121 cap_rings = &mip->mi_rx_rings_cap; 5122 5123 /* 5124 * Only hardware classified packets hold a reference to the 5125 * ring all the way up the Rx path. mac_rx_srs_remove() 5126 * will take care of quiescing the Rx path and removing the 5127 * SRS. The software classified path neither holds a reference 5128 * nor any association with the ring in mac_rx. 5129 */ 5130 if (ring->mr_srs != NULL) { 5131 mac_rx_srs_remove(ring->mr_srs); 5132 ring->mr_srs = NULL; 5133 } 5134 5135 break; 5136 case MAC_RING_TYPE_TX: 5137 { 5138 mac_grp_client_t *mgcp; 5139 mac_client_impl_t *mcip; 5140 mac_soft_ring_set_t *mac_srs; 5141 mac_srs_tx_t *tx; 5142 mac_ring_t *rem_ring; 5143 mac_group_t *defgrp; 5144 uint_t ring_info = 0; 5145 5146 /* 5147 * For TX this function is invoked in three 5148 * cases: 5149 * 5150 * 1) In the case of a failure during the 5151 * initial creation of a group when a share is 5152 * associated with a MAC client. So the SRS is not 5153 * yet setup, and will be setup later after the 5154 * group has been reserved and populated. 5155 * 5156 * 2) From mac_release_tx_group() when freeing 5157 * a TX SRS. 5158 * 5159 * 3) In the case of aggr, when a port gets removed, 5160 * the pseudo Tx rings that it exposed gets removed. 5161 * 5162 * In the first two cases the SRS and its soft 5163 * rings are already quiesced. 5164 */ 5165 if (driver_call) { 5166 mac_client_impl_t *mcip; 5167 mac_soft_ring_set_t *mac_srs; 5168 mac_soft_ring_t *sringp; 5169 mac_srs_tx_t *srs_tx; 5170 5171 if (mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_AGGR && 5172 mip->mi_default_tx_ring == 5173 (mac_ring_handle_t)ring) { 5174 /* pick a new default Tx ring */ 5175 mip->mi_default_tx_ring = 5176 (group->mrg_rings != ring) ? 5177 (mac_ring_handle_t)group->mrg_rings : 5178 (mac_ring_handle_t)(ring->mr_next); 5179 } 5180 /* Presently only aggr case comes here */ 5181 if (group->mrg_state != MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) 5182 break; 5183 5184 mcip = MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(group); 5185 ASSERT(mcip != NULL); 5186 ASSERT(mcip->mci_state_flags & MCIS_IS_AGGR_CLIENT); 5187 mac_srs = MCIP_TX_SRS(mcip); 5188 ASSERT(mac_srs->srs_tx.st_mode == SRS_TX_AGGR || 5189 mac_srs->srs_tx.st_mode == SRS_TX_BW_AGGR); 5190 srs_tx = &mac_srs->srs_tx; 5191 /* 5192 * Wakeup any callers blocked on this 5193 * Tx ring due to flow control. 5194 */ 5195 sringp = srs_tx->st_soft_rings[ring->mr_index]; 5196 ASSERT(sringp != NULL); 5197 mac_tx_invoke_callbacks(mcip, (mac_tx_cookie_t)sringp); 5198 mac_tx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 5199 mac_tx_srs_del_ring(mac_srs, ring); 5200 mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 5201 break; 5202 } 5203 ASSERT(ring != (mac_ring_t *)mip->mi_default_tx_ring); 5204 group_type = mip->mi_tx_group_type; 5205 cap_rings = &mip->mi_tx_rings_cap; 5206 /* 5207 * See if we need to take it out of the MAC clients using 5208 * this group 5209 */ 5210 if (MAC_GROUP_NO_CLIENT(group)) 5211 break; 5212 mgcp = group->mrg_clients; 5213 defgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_TX_GROUP(mip); 5214 while (mgcp != NULL) { 5215 mcip = mgcp->mgc_client; 5216 mac_srs = MCIP_TX_SRS(mcip); 5217 tx = &mac_srs->srs_tx; 5218 mac_tx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 5219 /* 5220 * If we are here when removing rings from the 5221 * defgroup, mac_reserve_tx_ring would have 5222 * already deleted the ring from the MAC 5223 * clients in the group. 5224 */ 5225 if (group != defgrp) { 5226 mac_tx_invoke_callbacks(mcip, 5227 (mac_tx_cookie_t) 5228 mac_tx_srs_get_soft_ring(mac_srs, ring)); 5229 mac_tx_srs_del_ring(mac_srs, ring); 5230 } 5231 /* 5232 * Additionally, if we are left with only 5233 * one ring in the group after this, we need 5234 * to modify the mode etc. to. (We haven't 5235 * yet taken the ring out, so we check with 2). 5236 */ 5237 if (group->mrg_cur_count == 2) { 5238 if (ring->mr_next == NULL) 5239 rem_ring = group->mrg_rings; 5240 else 5241 rem_ring = ring->mr_next; 5242 mac_tx_invoke_callbacks(mcip, 5243 (mac_tx_cookie_t) 5244 mac_tx_srs_get_soft_ring(mac_srs, 5245 rem_ring)); 5246 mac_tx_srs_del_ring(mac_srs, rem_ring); 5247 if (rem_ring->mr_state != MR_INUSE) { 5248 (void) mac_start_ring(rem_ring); 5249 } 5250 tx->st_arg2 = (void *)rem_ring; 5251 mac_tx_srs_stat_recreate(mac_srs, B_FALSE); 5252 ring_info = mac_hwring_getinfo( 5253 (mac_ring_handle_t)rem_ring); 5254 /* 5255 * We are shrinking from multiple 5256 * to 1 ring. 5257 */ 5258 if (mac_srs->srs_type & SRST_BW_CONTROL) { 5259 tx->st_mode = SRS_TX_BW; 5260 } else if (mac_tx_serialize || 5261 (ring_info & MAC_RING_TX_SERIALIZE)) { 5262 tx->st_mode = SRS_TX_SERIALIZE; 5263 } else { 5264 tx->st_mode = SRS_TX_DEFAULT; 5265 } 5266 tx->st_func = mac_tx_get_func(tx->st_mode); 5267 } 5268 mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 5269 mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next; 5270 } 5271 break; 5272 } 5273 default: 5274 ASSERT(B_FALSE); 5275 } 5276 5277 /* 5278 * Remove the ring from the group. 5279 */ 5280 if (ring == group->mrg_rings) 5281 group->mrg_rings = ring->mr_next; 5282 else { 5283 mac_ring_t *pre; 5284 5285 pre = group->mrg_rings; 5286 while (pre->mr_next != ring) 5287 pre = pre->mr_next; 5288 pre->mr_next = ring->mr_next; 5289 } 5290 group->mrg_cur_count--; 5291 5292 if (!driver_call) { 5293 ASSERT(group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC); 5294 ASSERT(group->mrg_driver == NULL || 5295 cap_rings->mr_gremring != NULL); 5296 5297 /* 5298 * Remove the driver level hardware ring. 5299 */ 5300 if (group->mrg_driver != NULL) { 5301 cap_rings->mr_gremring(group->mrg_driver, 5302 ring->mr_driver, ring->mr_type); 5303 } 5304 } 5305 5306 ring->mr_gh = NULL; 5307 if (driver_call) 5308 mac_ring_free(mip, ring); 5309 else 5310 ring->mr_flag = 0; 5311 } 5312 5313 /* 5314 * Move a ring to the target group. If needed, remove the ring from the group 5315 * that it currently belongs to. 5316 * 5317 * The caller need to enter MAC's perimeter by calling mac_perim_enter(). 5318 */ 5319 static int 5320 mac_group_mov_ring(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_group_t *d_group, mac_ring_t *ring) 5321 { 5322 mac_group_t *s_group = (mac_group_t *)ring->mr_gh; 5323 int rv; 5324 5325 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip)); 5326 ASSERT(d_group != NULL); 5327 ASSERT(s_group == NULL || s_group->mrg_mh == d_group->mrg_mh); 5328 5329 if (s_group == d_group) 5330 return (0); 5331 5332 /* 5333 * Remove it from current group first. 5334 */ 5335 if (s_group != NULL) 5336 i_mac_group_rem_ring(s_group, ring, B_FALSE); 5337 5338 /* 5339 * Add it to the new group. 5340 */ 5341 rv = i_mac_group_add_ring(d_group, ring, 0); 5342 if (rv != 0) { 5343 /* 5344 * Failed to add ring back to source group. If 5345 * that fails, the ring is stuck in limbo, log message. 5346 */ 5347 if (i_mac_group_add_ring(s_group, ring, 0)) { 5348 cmn_err(CE_WARN, "%s: failed to move ring %p\n", 5349 mip->mi_name, (void *)ring); 5350 } 5351 } 5352 5353 return (rv); 5354 } 5355 5356 /* 5357 * Find a MAC address according to its value. 5358 */ 5359 mac_address_t * 5360 mac_find_macaddr(mac_impl_t *mip, uint8_t *mac_addr) 5361 { 5362 mac_address_t *map; 5363 5364 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip)); 5365 5366 for (map = mip->mi_addresses; map != NULL; map = map->ma_next) { 5367 if (bcmp(mac_addr, map->ma_addr, map->ma_len) == 0) 5368 break; 5369 } 5370 5371 return (map); 5372 } 5373 5374 /* 5375 * Check whether the MAC address is shared by multiple clients. 5376 */ 5377 boolean_t 5378 mac_check_macaddr_shared(mac_address_t *map) 5379 { 5380 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)map->ma_mip)); 5381 5382 return (map->ma_nusers > 1); 5383 } 5384 5385 /* 5386 * Remove the specified MAC address from the MAC address list and free it. 5387 */ 5388 static void 5389 mac_free_macaddr(mac_address_t *map) 5390 { 5391 mac_impl_t *mip = map->ma_mip; 5392 5393 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip)); 5394 VERIFY3P(mip->mi_addresses, !=, NULL); 5395 5396 VERIFY3P(map, ==, mac_find_macaddr(mip, map->ma_addr)); 5397 VERIFY3P(map, !=, NULL); 5398 VERIFY3S(map->ma_nusers, ==, 0); 5399 VERIFY3P(map->ma_vlans, ==, NULL); 5400 5401 if (map == mip->mi_addresses) { 5402 mip->mi_addresses = map->ma_next; 5403 } else { 5404 mac_address_t *pre; 5405 5406 pre = mip->mi_addresses; 5407 while (pre->ma_next != map) 5408 pre = pre->ma_next; 5409 pre->ma_next = map->ma_next; 5410 } 5411 5412 kmem_free(map, sizeof (mac_address_t)); 5413 } 5414 5415 static mac_vlan_t * 5416 mac_find_vlan(mac_address_t *map, uint16_t vid) 5417 { 5418 mac_vlan_t *mvp; 5419 5420 for (mvp = map->ma_vlans; mvp != NULL; mvp = mvp->mv_next) { 5421 if (mvp->mv_vid == vid) 5422 return (mvp); 5423 } 5424 5425 return (NULL); 5426 } 5427 5428 static mac_vlan_t * 5429 mac_add_vlan(mac_address_t *map, uint16_t vid) 5430 { 5431 mac_vlan_t *mvp; 5432 5433 /* 5434 * We should never add the same {addr, VID} tuple more 5435 * than once, but let's be sure. 5436 */ 5437 for (mvp = map->ma_vlans; mvp != NULL; mvp = mvp->mv_next) 5438 VERIFY3U(mvp->mv_vid, !=, vid); 5439 5440 /* Add the VLAN to the head of the VLAN list. */ 5441 mvp = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (mac_vlan_t), KM_SLEEP); 5442 mvp->mv_vid = vid; 5443 mvp->mv_next = map->ma_vlans; 5444 map->ma_vlans = mvp; 5445 5446 return (mvp); 5447 } 5448 5449 static void 5450 mac_rem_vlan(mac_address_t *map, mac_vlan_t *mvp) 5451 { 5452 mac_vlan_t *pre; 5453 5454 if (map->ma_vlans == mvp) { 5455 map->ma_vlans = mvp->mv_next; 5456 } else { 5457 pre = map->ma_vlans; 5458 while (pre->mv_next != mvp) { 5459 pre = pre->mv_next; 5460 5461 /* 5462 * We've reached the end of the list without 5463 * finding mvp. 5464 */ 5465 VERIFY3P(pre, !=, NULL); 5466 } 5467 pre->mv_next = mvp->mv_next; 5468 } 5469 5470 kmem_free(mvp, sizeof (mac_vlan_t)); 5471 } 5472 5473 /* 5474 * Create a new mac_address_t if this is the first use of the address 5475 * or add a VID to an existing address. In either case, the 5476 * mac_address_t acts as a list of {addr, VID} tuples where each tuple 5477 * shares the same addr. If group is non-NULL then attempt to program 5478 * the MAC's HW filters for this group. Otherwise, if group is NULL, 5479 * then the MAC has no rings and there is nothing to program. 5480 */ 5481 int 5482 mac_add_macaddr_vlan(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_group_t *group, uint8_t *addr, 5483 uint16_t vid, boolean_t use_hw) 5484 { 5485 mac_address_t *map; 5486 mac_vlan_t *mvp; 5487 int err = 0; 5488 boolean_t allocated_map = B_FALSE; 5489 boolean_t hw_mac = B_FALSE; 5490 boolean_t hw_vlan = B_FALSE; 5491 5492 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip)); 5493 5494 map = mac_find_macaddr(mip, addr); 5495 5496 /* 5497 * If this is the first use of this MAC address then allocate 5498 * and initialize a new structure. 5499 */ 5500 if (map == NULL) { 5501 map = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (mac_address_t), KM_SLEEP); 5502 map->ma_len = mip->mi_type->mt_addr_length; 5503 bcopy(addr, map->ma_addr, map->ma_len); 5504 map->ma_nusers = 0; 5505 map->ma_group = group; 5506 map->ma_mip = mip; 5507 map->ma_untagged = B_FALSE; 5508 5509 /* Add the new MAC address to the head of the address list. */ 5510 map->ma_next = mip->mi_addresses; 5511 mip->mi_addresses = map; 5512 5513 allocated_map = B_TRUE; 5514 } 5515 5516 VERIFY(map->ma_group == NULL || map->ma_group == group); 5517 if (map->ma_group == NULL) 5518 map->ma_group = group; 5519 5520 if (vid == VLAN_ID_NONE) { 5521 map->ma_untagged = B_TRUE; 5522 mvp = NULL; 5523 } else { 5524 mvp = mac_add_vlan(map, vid); 5525 } 5526 5527 /* 5528 * Set the VLAN HW filter if: 5529 * 5530 * o the MAC's VLAN HW filtering is enabled, and 5531 * o the address does not currently rely on promisc mode. 5532 * 5533 * This is called even when the client specifies an untagged 5534 * address (VLAN_ID_NONE) because some MAC providers require 5535 * setting additional bits to accept untagged traffic when 5536 * VLAN HW filtering is enabled. 5537 */ 5538 if (MAC_GROUP_HW_VLAN(group) && 5539 map->ma_type != MAC_ADDRESS_TYPE_UNICAST_PROMISC) { 5540 if ((err = mac_group_addvlan(group, vid)) != 0) 5541 goto bail; 5542 5543 hw_vlan = B_TRUE; 5544 } 5545 5546 VERIFY3S(map->ma_nusers, >=, 0); 5547 map->ma_nusers++; 5548 5549 /* 5550 * If this MAC address already has a HW filter then simply 5551 * increment the counter. 5552 */ 5553 if (map->ma_nusers > 1) 5554 return (0); 5555 5556 /* 5557 * All logic from here on out is executed during initial 5558 * creation only. 5559 */ 5560 VERIFY3S(map->ma_nusers, ==, 1); 5561 5562 /* 5563 * Activate this MAC address by adding it to the reserved group. 5564 */ 5565 if (group != NULL) { 5566 err = mac_group_addmac(group, (const uint8_t *)addr); 5567 5568 /* 5569 * If the driver is out of filters then we can 5570 * continue and use promisc mode. For any other error, 5571 * assume the driver is in a state where we can't 5572 * program the filters or use promisc mode; so we must 5573 * bail. 5574 */ 5575 if (err != 0 && err != ENOSPC) { 5576 map->ma_nusers--; 5577 goto bail; 5578 } 5579 5580 hw_mac = (err == 0); 5581 } 5582 5583 if (hw_mac) { 5584 map->ma_type = MAC_ADDRESS_TYPE_UNICAST_CLASSIFIED; 5585 return (0); 5586 } 5587 5588 /* 5589 * The MAC address addition failed. If the client requires a 5590 * hardware classified MAC address, fail the operation. This 5591 * feature is only used by sun4v vsw. 5592 */ 5593 if (use_hw && !hw_mac) { 5594 err = ENOSPC; 5595 map->ma_nusers--; 5596 goto bail; 5597 } 5598 5599 /* 5600 * If we reach this point then either the MAC doesn't have 5601 * RINGS capability or we are out of MAC address HW filters. 5602 * In any case we must put the MAC into promiscuous mode. 5603 */ 5604 VERIFY(group == NULL || !hw_mac); 5605 5606 /* 5607 * The one exception is the primary address. A non-RINGS 5608 * driver filters the primary address by default; promisc mode 5609 * is not needed. 5610 */ 5611 if ((group == NULL) && 5612 (bcmp(map->ma_addr, mip->mi_addr, map->ma_len) == 0)) { 5613 map->ma_type = MAC_ADDRESS_TYPE_UNICAST_CLASSIFIED; 5614 return (0); 5615 } 5616 5617 /* 5618 * Enable promiscuous mode in order to receive traffic to the 5619 * new MAC address. All existing HW filters still send their 5620 * traffic to their respective group/SRSes. But with promisc 5621 * enabled all unknown traffic is delivered to the default 5622 * group where it is SW classified via mac_rx_classify(). 5623 */ 5624 if ((err = i_mac_promisc_set(mip, B_TRUE)) == 0) { 5625 map->ma_type = MAC_ADDRESS_TYPE_UNICAST_PROMISC; 5626 return (0); 5627 } 5628 5629 /* 5630 * We failed to set promisc mode and we are about to free 'map'. 5631 */ 5632 map->ma_nusers = 0; 5633 5634 bail: 5635 if (hw_vlan) { 5636 int err2 = mac_group_remvlan(group, vid); 5637 5638 if (err2 != 0) { 5639 cmn_err(CE_WARN, "Failed to remove VLAN %u from group" 5640 " %d on MAC %s: %d.", vid, group->mrg_index, 5641 mip->mi_name, err2); 5642 } 5643 } 5644 5645 if (mvp != NULL) 5646 mac_rem_vlan(map, mvp); 5647 5648 if (allocated_map) 5649 mac_free_macaddr(map); 5650 5651 return (err); 5652 } 5653 5654 int 5655 mac_remove_macaddr_vlan(mac_address_t *map, uint16_t vid) 5656 { 5657 mac_vlan_t *mvp; 5658 mac_impl_t *mip = map->ma_mip; 5659 mac_group_t *group = map->ma_group; 5660 int err = 0; 5661 5662 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip)); 5663 VERIFY3P(map, ==, mac_find_macaddr(mip, map->ma_addr)); 5664 5665 if (vid == VLAN_ID_NONE) { 5666 map->ma_untagged = B_FALSE; 5667 mvp = NULL; 5668 } else { 5669 mvp = mac_find_vlan(map, vid); 5670 VERIFY3P(mvp, !=, NULL); 5671 } 5672 5673 if (MAC_GROUP_HW_VLAN(group) && 5674 map->ma_type == MAC_ADDRESS_TYPE_UNICAST_CLASSIFIED && 5675 ((err = mac_group_remvlan(group, vid)) != 0)) 5676 return (err); 5677 5678 if (mvp != NULL) 5679 mac_rem_vlan(map, mvp); 5680 5681 /* 5682 * If it's not the last client using this MAC address, only update 5683 * the MAC clients count. 5684 */ 5685 map->ma_nusers--; 5686 if (map->ma_nusers > 0) 5687 return (0); 5688 5689 VERIFY3S(map->ma_nusers, ==, 0); 5690 5691 /* 5692 * The MAC address is no longer used by any MAC client, so 5693 * remove it from its associated group. Turn off promiscuous 5694 * mode if this is the last address relying on it. 5695 */ 5696 switch (map->ma_type) { 5697 case MAC_ADDRESS_TYPE_UNICAST_CLASSIFIED: 5698 /* 5699 * Don't free the preset primary address for drivers that 5700 * don't advertise RINGS capability. 5701 */ 5702 if (group == NULL) 5703 return (0); 5704 5705 if ((err = mac_group_remmac(group, map->ma_addr)) != 0) { 5706 if (vid == VLAN_ID_NONE) 5707 map->ma_untagged = B_TRUE; 5708 else 5709 (void) mac_add_vlan(map, vid); 5710 5711 /* 5712 * If we fail to remove the MAC address HW 5713 * filter but then also fail to re-add the 5714 * VLAN HW filter then we are in a busted 5715 * state. We do our best by logging a warning 5716 * and returning the original 'err' that got 5717 * us here. At this point, traffic for this 5718 * address + VLAN combination will be dropped 5719 * until the user reboots the system. In the 5720 * future, it would be nice to have a system 5721 * that can compare the state of expected 5722 * classification according to mac to the 5723 * actual state of the provider, and report 5724 * and fix any inconsistencies. 5725 */ 5726 if (MAC_GROUP_HW_VLAN(group)) { 5727 int err2; 5728 5729 err2 = mac_group_addvlan(group, vid); 5730 if (err2 != 0) { 5731 cmn_err(CE_WARN, "Failed to readd VLAN" 5732 " %u to group %d on MAC %s: %d.", 5733 vid, group->mrg_index, mip->mi_name, 5734 err2); 5735 } 5736 } 5737 5738 map->ma_nusers = 1; 5739 return (err); 5740 } 5741 5742 map->ma_group = NULL; 5743 break; 5744 case MAC_ADDRESS_TYPE_UNICAST_PROMISC: 5745 err = i_mac_promisc_set(mip, B_FALSE); 5746 break; 5747 default: 5748 panic("Unexpected ma_type 0x%x, file: %s, line %d", 5749 map->ma_type, __FILE__, __LINE__); 5750 } 5751 5752 if (err != 0) { 5753 map->ma_nusers = 1; 5754 return (err); 5755 } 5756 5757 /* 5758 * We created MAC address for the primary one at registration, so we 5759 * won't free it here. mac_fini_macaddr() will take care of it. 5760 */ 5761 if (bcmp(map->ma_addr, mip->mi_addr, map->ma_len) != 0) 5762 mac_free_macaddr(map); 5763 5764 return (0); 5765 } 5766 5767 /* 5768 * Update an existing MAC address. The caller need to make sure that the new 5769 * value has not been used. 5770 */ 5771 int 5772 mac_update_macaddr(mac_address_t *map, uint8_t *mac_addr) 5773 { 5774 mac_impl_t *mip = map->ma_mip; 5775 int err = 0; 5776 5777 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip)); 5778 ASSERT(mac_find_macaddr(mip, mac_addr) == NULL); 5779 5780 switch (map->ma_type) { 5781 case MAC_ADDRESS_TYPE_UNICAST_CLASSIFIED: 5782 /* 5783 * Update the primary address for drivers that are not 5784 * RINGS capable. 5785 */ 5786 if (mip->mi_rx_groups == NULL) { 5787 err = mip->mi_unicst(mip->mi_driver, (const uint8_t *) 5788 mac_addr); 5789 if (err != 0) 5790 return (err); 5791 break; 5792 } 5793 5794 /* 5795 * If this MAC address is not currently in use, 5796 * simply break out and update the value. 5797 */ 5798 if (map->ma_nusers == 0) 5799 break; 5800 5801 /* 5802 * Need to replace the MAC address associated with a group. 5803 */ 5804 err = mac_group_remmac(map->ma_group, map->ma_addr); 5805 if (err != 0) 5806 return (err); 5807 5808 err = mac_group_addmac(map->ma_group, mac_addr); 5809 5810 /* 5811 * Failure hints hardware error. The MAC layer needs to 5812 * have error notification facility to handle this. 5813 * Now, simply try to restore the value. 5814 */ 5815 if (err != 0) 5816 (void) mac_group_addmac(map->ma_group, map->ma_addr); 5817 5818 break; 5819 case MAC_ADDRESS_TYPE_UNICAST_PROMISC: 5820 /* 5821 * Need to do nothing more if in promiscuous mode. 5822 */ 5823 break; 5824 default: 5825 ASSERT(B_FALSE); 5826 } 5827 5828 /* 5829 * Successfully replaced the MAC address. 5830 */ 5831 if (err == 0) 5832 bcopy(mac_addr, map->ma_addr, map->ma_len); 5833 5834 return (err); 5835 } 5836 5837 /* 5838 * Freshen the MAC address with new value. Its caller must have updated the 5839 * hardware MAC address before calling this function. 5840 * This funcitons is supposed to be used to handle the MAC address change 5841 * notification from underlying drivers. 5842 */ 5843 void 5844 mac_freshen_macaddr(mac_address_t *map, uint8_t *mac_addr) 5845 { 5846 mac_impl_t *mip = map->ma_mip; 5847 5848 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip)); 5849 ASSERT(mac_find_macaddr(mip, mac_addr) == NULL); 5850 5851 /* 5852 * Freshen the MAC address with new value. 5853 */ 5854 bcopy(mac_addr, map->ma_addr, map->ma_len); 5855 bcopy(mac_addr, mip->mi_addr, map->ma_len); 5856 5857 /* 5858 * Update all MAC clients that share this MAC address. 5859 */ 5860 mac_unicast_update_clients(mip, map); 5861 } 5862 5863 /* 5864 * Set up the primary MAC address. 5865 */ 5866 void 5867 mac_init_macaddr(mac_impl_t *mip) 5868 { 5869 mac_address_t *map; 5870 5871 /* 5872 * The reference count is initialized to zero, until it's really 5873 * activated. 5874 */ 5875 map = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (mac_address_t), KM_SLEEP); 5876 map->ma_len = mip->mi_type->mt_addr_length; 5877 bcopy(mip->mi_addr, map->ma_addr, map->ma_len); 5878 5879 /* 5880 * If driver advertises RINGS capability, it shouldn't have initialized 5881 * its primary MAC address. For other drivers, including VNIC, the 5882 * primary address must work after registration. 5883 */ 5884 if (mip->mi_rx_groups == NULL) 5885 map->ma_type = MAC_ADDRESS_TYPE_UNICAST_CLASSIFIED; 5886 5887 map->ma_mip = mip; 5888 5889 mip->mi_addresses = map; 5890 } 5891 5892 /* 5893 * Clean up the primary MAC address. Note, only one primary MAC address 5894 * is allowed. All other MAC addresses must have been freed appropriately. 5895 */ 5896 void 5897 mac_fini_macaddr(mac_impl_t *mip) 5898 { 5899 mac_address_t *map = mip->mi_addresses; 5900 5901 if (map == NULL) 5902 return; 5903 5904 /* 5905 * If mi_addresses is initialized, there should be exactly one 5906 * entry left on the list with no users. 5907 */ 5908 VERIFY3S(map->ma_nusers, ==, 0); 5909 VERIFY3P(map->ma_next, ==, NULL); 5910 VERIFY3P(map->ma_vlans, ==, NULL); 5911 5912 kmem_free(map, sizeof (mac_address_t)); 5913 mip->mi_addresses = NULL; 5914 } 5915 5916 /* 5917 * Logging related functions. 5918 * 5919 * Note that Kernel statistics have been extended to maintain fine 5920 * granularity of statistics viz. hardware lane, software lane, fanout 5921 * stats etc. However, extended accounting continues to support only 5922 * aggregate statistics like before. 5923 */ 5924 5925 /* Write the flow description to a netinfo_t record */ 5926 static netinfo_t * 5927 mac_write_flow_desc(flow_entry_t *flent, mac_client_impl_t *mcip) 5928 { 5929 netinfo_t *ninfo; 5930 net_desc_t *ndesc; 5931 flow_desc_t *fdesc; 5932 mac_resource_props_t *mrp; 5933 5934 ninfo = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (netinfo_t), KM_NOSLEEP); 5935 if (ninfo == NULL) 5936 return (NULL); 5937 ndesc = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (net_desc_t), KM_NOSLEEP); 5938 if (ndesc == NULL) { 5939 kmem_free(ninfo, sizeof (netinfo_t)); 5940 return (NULL); 5941 } 5942 5943 /* 5944 * Grab the fe_lock to see a self-consistent fe_flow_desc. 5945 * Updates to the fe_flow_desc are done under the fe_lock 5946 */ 5947 mutex_enter(&flent->fe_lock); 5948 fdesc = &flent->fe_flow_desc; 5949 mrp = &flent->fe_resource_props; 5950 5951 ndesc->nd_name = flent->fe_flow_name; 5952 ndesc->nd_devname = mcip->mci_name; 5953 bcopy(fdesc->fd_src_mac, ndesc->nd_ehost, ETHERADDRL); 5954 bcopy(fdesc->fd_dst_mac, ndesc->nd_edest, ETHERADDRL); 5955 ndesc->nd_sap = htonl(fdesc->fd_sap); 5956 ndesc->nd_isv4 = (uint8_t)fdesc->fd_ipversion == IPV4_VERSION; 5957 ndesc->nd_bw_limit = mrp->mrp_maxbw; 5958 if (ndesc->nd_isv4) { 5959 ndesc->nd_saddr[3] = htonl(fdesc->fd_local_addr.s6_addr32[3]); 5960 ndesc->nd_daddr[3] = htonl(fdesc->fd_remote_addr.s6_addr32[3]); 5961 } else { 5962 bcopy(&fdesc->fd_local_addr, ndesc->nd_saddr, IPV6_ADDR_LEN); 5963 bcopy(&fdesc->fd_remote_addr, ndesc->nd_daddr, IPV6_ADDR_LEN); 5964 } 5965 ndesc->nd_sport = htons(fdesc->fd_local_port); 5966 ndesc->nd_dport = htons(fdesc->fd_remote_port); 5967 ndesc->nd_protocol = (uint8_t)fdesc->fd_protocol; 5968 mutex_exit(&flent->fe_lock); 5969 5970 ninfo->ni_record = ndesc; 5971 ninfo->ni_size = sizeof (net_desc_t); 5972 ninfo->ni_type = EX_NET_FLDESC_REC; 5973 5974 return (ninfo); 5975 } 5976 5977 /* Write the flow statistics to a netinfo_t record */ 5978 static netinfo_t * 5979 mac_write_flow_stats(flow_entry_t *flent) 5980 { 5981 netinfo_t *ninfo; 5982 net_stat_t *nstat; 5983 mac_soft_ring_set_t *mac_srs; 5984 mac_rx_stats_t *mac_rx_stat; 5985 mac_tx_stats_t *mac_tx_stat; 5986 int i; 5987 5988 ninfo = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (netinfo_t), KM_NOSLEEP); 5989 if (ninfo == NULL) 5990 return (NULL); 5991 nstat = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (net_stat_t), KM_NOSLEEP); 5992 if (nstat == NULL) { 5993 kmem_free(ninfo, sizeof (netinfo_t)); 5994 return (NULL); 5995 } 5996 5997 nstat->ns_name = flent->fe_flow_name; 5998 for (i = 0; i < flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt; i++) { 5999 mac_srs = (mac_soft_ring_set_t *)flent->fe_rx_srs[i]; 6000 mac_rx_stat = &mac_srs->srs_rx.sr_stat; 6001 6002 nstat->ns_ibytes += mac_rx_stat->mrs_intrbytes + 6003 mac_rx_stat->mrs_pollbytes + mac_rx_stat->mrs_lclbytes; 6004 nstat->ns_ipackets += mac_rx_stat->mrs_intrcnt + 6005 mac_rx_stat->mrs_pollcnt + mac_rx_stat->mrs_lclcnt; 6006 nstat->ns_oerrors += mac_rx_stat->mrs_ierrors; 6007 } 6008 6009 mac_srs = (mac_soft_ring_set_t *)(flent->fe_tx_srs); 6010 if (mac_srs != NULL) { 6011 mac_tx_stat = &mac_srs->srs_tx.st_stat; 6012 6013 nstat->ns_obytes = mac_tx_stat->mts_obytes; 6014 nstat->ns_opackets = mac_tx_stat->mts_opackets; 6015 nstat->ns_oerrors = mac_tx_stat->mts_oerrors; 6016 } 6017 6018 ninfo->ni_record = nstat; 6019 ninfo->ni_size = sizeof (net_stat_t); 6020 ninfo->ni_type = EX_NET_FLSTAT_REC; 6021 6022 return (ninfo); 6023 } 6024 6025 /* Write the link description to a netinfo_t record */ 6026 static netinfo_t * 6027 mac_write_link_desc(mac_client_impl_t *mcip) 6028 { 6029 netinfo_t *ninfo; 6030 net_desc_t *ndesc; 6031 flow_entry_t *flent = mcip->mci_flent; 6032 6033 ninfo = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (netinfo_t), KM_NOSLEEP); 6034 if (ninfo == NULL) 6035 return (NULL); 6036 ndesc = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (net_desc_t), KM_NOSLEEP); 6037 if (ndesc == NULL) { 6038 kmem_free(ninfo, sizeof (netinfo_t)); 6039 return (NULL); 6040 } 6041 6042 ndesc->nd_name = mcip->mci_name; 6043 ndesc->nd_devname = mcip->mci_name; 6044 ndesc->nd_isv4 = B_TRUE; 6045 /* 6046 * Grab the fe_lock to see a self-consistent fe_flow_desc. 6047 * Updates to the fe_flow_desc are done under the fe_lock 6048 * after removing the flent from the flow table. 6049 */ 6050 mutex_enter(&flent->fe_lock); 6051 bcopy(flent->fe_flow_desc.fd_src_mac, ndesc->nd_ehost, ETHERADDRL); 6052 mutex_exit(&flent->fe_lock); 6053 6054 ninfo->ni_record = ndesc; 6055 ninfo->ni_size = sizeof (net_desc_t); 6056 ninfo->ni_type = EX_NET_LNDESC_REC; 6057 6058 return (ninfo); 6059 } 6060 6061 /* Write the link statistics to a netinfo_t record */ 6062 static netinfo_t * 6063 mac_write_link_stats(mac_client_impl_t *mcip) 6064 { 6065 netinfo_t *ninfo; 6066 net_stat_t *nstat; 6067 flow_entry_t *flent; 6068 mac_soft_ring_set_t *mac_srs; 6069 mac_rx_stats_t *mac_rx_stat; 6070 mac_tx_stats_t *mac_tx_stat; 6071 int i; 6072 6073 ninfo = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (netinfo_t), KM_NOSLEEP); 6074 if (ninfo == NULL) 6075 return (NULL); 6076 nstat = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (net_stat_t), KM_NOSLEEP); 6077 if (nstat == NULL) { 6078 kmem_free(ninfo, sizeof (netinfo_t)); 6079 return (NULL); 6080 } 6081 6082 nstat->ns_name = mcip->mci_name; 6083 flent = mcip->mci_flent; 6084 if (flent != NULL) { 6085 for (i = 0; i < flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt; i++) { 6086 mac_srs = (mac_soft_ring_set_t *)flent->fe_rx_srs[i]; 6087 mac_rx_stat = &mac_srs->srs_rx.sr_stat; 6088 6089 nstat->ns_ibytes += mac_rx_stat->mrs_intrbytes + 6090 mac_rx_stat->mrs_pollbytes + 6091 mac_rx_stat->mrs_lclbytes; 6092 nstat->ns_ipackets += mac_rx_stat->mrs_intrcnt + 6093 mac_rx_stat->mrs_pollcnt + mac_rx_stat->mrs_lclcnt; 6094 nstat->ns_oerrors += mac_rx_stat->mrs_ierrors; 6095 } 6096 } 6097 6098 mac_srs = (mac_soft_ring_set_t *)(mcip->mci_flent->fe_tx_srs); 6099 if (mac_srs != NULL) { 6100 mac_tx_stat = &mac_srs->srs_tx.st_stat; 6101 6102 nstat->ns_obytes = mac_tx_stat->mts_obytes; 6103 nstat->ns_opackets = mac_tx_stat->mts_opackets; 6104 nstat->ns_oerrors = mac_tx_stat->mts_oerrors; 6105 } 6106 6107 ninfo->ni_record = nstat; 6108 ninfo->ni_size = sizeof (net_stat_t); 6109 ninfo->ni_type = EX_NET_LNSTAT_REC; 6110 6111 return (ninfo); 6112 } 6113 6114 typedef struct i_mac_log_state_s { 6115 boolean_t mi_last; 6116 int mi_fenable; 6117 int mi_lenable; 6118 list_t *mi_list; 6119 } i_mac_log_state_t; 6120 6121 /* 6122 * For a given flow, if the description has not been logged before, do it now. 6123 * If it is a VNIC, then we have collected information about it from the MAC 6124 * table, so skip it. 6125 * 6126 * Called through mac_flow_walk_nolock() 6127 * 6128 * Return 0 if successful. 6129 */ 6130 static int 6131 mac_log_flowinfo(flow_entry_t *flent, void *arg) 6132 { 6133 mac_client_impl_t *mcip = flent->fe_mcip; 6134 i_mac_log_state_t *lstate = arg; 6135 netinfo_t *ninfo; 6136 6137 if (mcip == NULL) 6138 return (0); 6139 6140 /* 6141 * If the name starts with "vnic", and fe_user_generated is true (to 6142 * exclude the mcast and active flow entries created implicitly for 6143 * a vnic, it is a VNIC flow. i.e. vnic1 is a vnic flow, 6144 * vnic/bge1/mcast1 is not and neither is vnic/bge1/active. 6145 */ 6146 if (strncasecmp(flent->fe_flow_name, "vnic", 4) == 0 && 6147 (flent->fe_type & FLOW_USER) != 0) { 6148 return (0); 6149 } 6150 6151 if (!flent->fe_desc_logged) { 6152 /* 6153 * We don't return error because we want to continue the 6154 * walk in case this is the last walk which means we 6155 * need to reset fe_desc_logged in all the flows. 6156 */ 6157 if ((ninfo = mac_write_flow_desc(flent, mcip)) == NULL) 6158 return (0); 6159 list_insert_tail(lstate->mi_list, ninfo); 6160 flent->fe_desc_logged = B_TRUE; 6161 } 6162 6163 /* 6164 * Regardless of the error, we want to proceed in case we have to 6165 * reset fe_desc_logged. 6166 */ 6167 ninfo = mac_write_flow_stats(flent); 6168 if (ninfo == NULL) 6169 return (-1); 6170 6171 list_insert_tail(lstate->mi_list, ninfo); 6172 6173 if (mcip != NULL && !(mcip->mci_state_flags & MCIS_DESC_LOGGED)) 6174 flent->fe_desc_logged = B_FALSE; 6175 6176 return (0); 6177 } 6178 6179 /* 6180 * Log the description for each mac client of this mac_impl_t, if it 6181 * hasn't already been done. Additionally, log statistics for the link as 6182 * well. Walk the flow table and log information for each flow as well. 6183 * If it is the last walk (mci_last), then we turn off mci_desc_logged (and 6184 * also fe_desc_logged, if flow logging is on) since we want to log the 6185 * description if and when logging is restarted. 6186 * 6187 * Return 0 upon success or -1 upon failure 6188 */ 6189 static int 6190 i_mac_impl_log(mac_impl_t *mip, i_mac_log_state_t *lstate) 6191 { 6192 mac_client_impl_t *mcip; 6193 netinfo_t *ninfo; 6194 6195 i_mac_perim_enter(mip); 6196 /* 6197 * Only walk the client list for NIC and etherstub 6198 */ 6199 if ((mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_DISABLED) || 6200 ((mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_IS_VNIC) && 6201 (mac_get_lower_mac_handle((mac_handle_t)mip) != NULL))) { 6202 i_mac_perim_exit(mip); 6203 return (0); 6204 } 6205 6206 for (mcip = mip->mi_clients_list; mcip != NULL; 6207 mcip = mcip->mci_client_next) { 6208 if (!MCIP_DATAPATH_SETUP(mcip)) 6209 continue; 6210 if (lstate->mi_lenable) { 6211 if (!(mcip->mci_state_flags & MCIS_DESC_LOGGED)) { 6212 ninfo = mac_write_link_desc(mcip); 6213 if (ninfo == NULL) { 6214 /* 6215 * We can't terminate it if this is the last 6216 * walk, else there might be some links with 6217 * mi_desc_logged set to true, which means 6218 * their description won't be logged the next 6219 * time logging is started (similarly for the 6220 * flows within such links). We can continue 6221 * without walking the flow table (i.e. to 6222 * set fe_desc_logged to false) because we 6223 * won't have written any flow stuff for this 6224 * link as we haven't logged the link itself. 6225 */ 6226 i_mac_perim_exit(mip); 6227 if (lstate->mi_last) 6228 return (0); 6229 else 6230 return (-1); 6231 } 6232 mcip->mci_state_flags |= MCIS_DESC_LOGGED; 6233 list_insert_tail(lstate->mi_list, ninfo); 6234 } 6235 } 6236 6237 ninfo = mac_write_link_stats(mcip); 6238 if (ninfo == NULL && !lstate->mi_last) { 6239 i_mac_perim_exit(mip); 6240 return (-1); 6241 } 6242 list_insert_tail(lstate->mi_list, ninfo); 6243 6244 if (lstate->mi_last) 6245 mcip->mci_state_flags &= ~MCIS_DESC_LOGGED; 6246 6247 if (lstate->mi_fenable) { 6248 if (mcip->mci_subflow_tab != NULL) { 6249 (void) mac_flow_walk_nolock( 6250 mcip->mci_subflow_tab, mac_log_flowinfo, 6251 lstate); 6252 } 6253 } 6254 } 6255 i_mac_perim_exit(mip); 6256 return (0); 6257 } 6258 6259 /* 6260 * modhash walker function to add a mac_impl_t to a list 6261 */ 6262 /*ARGSUSED*/ 6263 static uint_t 6264 i_mac_impl_list_walker(mod_hash_key_t key, mod_hash_val_t *val, void *arg) 6265 { 6266 list_t *list = (list_t *)arg; 6267 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)val; 6268 6269 if ((mip->mi_state_flags & MIS_DISABLED) == 0) { 6270 list_insert_tail(list, mip); 6271 mip->mi_ref++; 6272 } 6273 6274 return (MH_WALK_CONTINUE); 6275 } 6276 6277 void 6278 i_mac_log_info(list_t *net_log_list, i_mac_log_state_t *lstate) 6279 { 6280 list_t mac_impl_list; 6281 mac_impl_t *mip; 6282 netinfo_t *ninfo; 6283 6284 /* Create list of mac_impls */ 6285 ASSERT(RW_LOCK_HELD(&i_mac_impl_lock)); 6286 list_create(&mac_impl_list, sizeof (mac_impl_t), offsetof(mac_impl_t, 6287 mi_node)); 6288 mod_hash_walk(i_mac_impl_hash, i_mac_impl_list_walker, &mac_impl_list); 6289 rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock); 6290 6291 /* Create log entries for each mac_impl */ 6292 for (mip = list_head(&mac_impl_list); mip != NULL; 6293 mip = list_next(&mac_impl_list, mip)) { 6294 if (i_mac_impl_log(mip, lstate) != 0) 6295 continue; 6296 } 6297 6298 /* Remove elements and destroy list of mac_impls */ 6299 rw_enter(&i_mac_impl_lock, RW_WRITER); 6300 while ((mip = list_remove_tail(&mac_impl_list)) != NULL) { 6301 mip->mi_ref--; 6302 } 6303 rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock); 6304 list_destroy(&mac_impl_list); 6305 6306 /* 6307 * Write log entries to files outside of locks, free associated 6308 * structures, and remove entries from the list. 6309 */ 6310 while ((ninfo = list_head(net_log_list)) != NULL) { 6311 (void) exacct_commit_netinfo(ninfo->ni_record, ninfo->ni_type); 6312 list_remove(net_log_list, ninfo); 6313 kmem_free(ninfo->ni_record, ninfo->ni_size); 6314 kmem_free(ninfo, sizeof (*ninfo)); 6315 } 6316 list_destroy(net_log_list); 6317 } 6318 6319 /* 6320 * The timer thread that runs every mac_logging_interval seconds and logs 6321 * link and/or flow information. 6322 */ 6323 /* ARGSUSED */ 6324 void 6325 mac_log_linkinfo(void *arg) 6326 { 6327 i_mac_log_state_t lstate; 6328 list_t net_log_list; 6329 6330 list_create(&net_log_list, sizeof (netinfo_t), 6331 offsetof(netinfo_t, ni_link)); 6332 6333 rw_enter(&i_mac_impl_lock, RW_READER); 6334 if (!mac_flow_log_enable && !mac_link_log_enable) { 6335 rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock); 6336 return; 6337 } 6338 lstate.mi_fenable = mac_flow_log_enable; 6339 lstate.mi_lenable = mac_link_log_enable; 6340 lstate.mi_last = B_FALSE; 6341 lstate.mi_list = &net_log_list; 6342 6343 /* Write log entries for each mac_impl in the list */ 6344 i_mac_log_info(&net_log_list, &lstate); 6345 6346 if (mac_flow_log_enable || mac_link_log_enable) { 6347 mac_logging_timer = timeout(mac_log_linkinfo, NULL, 6348 SEC_TO_TICK(mac_logging_interval)); 6349 } 6350 } 6351 6352 typedef struct i_mac_fastpath_state_s { 6353 boolean_t mf_disable; 6354 int mf_err; 6355 } i_mac_fastpath_state_t; 6356 6357 /* modhash walker function to enable or disable fastpath */ 6358 /*ARGSUSED*/ 6359 static uint_t 6360 i_mac_fastpath_walker(mod_hash_key_t key, mod_hash_val_t *val, 6361 void *arg) 6362 { 6363 i_mac_fastpath_state_t *state = arg; 6364 mac_handle_t mh = (mac_handle_t)val; 6365 6366 if (state->mf_disable) 6367 state->mf_err = mac_fastpath_disable(mh); 6368 else 6369 mac_fastpath_enable(mh); 6370 6371 return (state->mf_err == 0 ? MH_WALK_CONTINUE : MH_WALK_TERMINATE); 6372 } 6373 6374 /* 6375 * Start the logging timer. 6376 */ 6377 int 6378 mac_start_logusage(mac_logtype_t type, uint_t interval) 6379 { 6380 i_mac_fastpath_state_t dstate = {B_TRUE, 0}; 6381 i_mac_fastpath_state_t estate = {B_FALSE, 0}; 6382 int err; 6383 6384 rw_enter(&i_mac_impl_lock, RW_WRITER); 6385 switch (type) { 6386 case MAC_LOGTYPE_FLOW: 6387 if (mac_flow_log_enable) { 6388 rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock); 6389 return (0); 6390 } 6391 /* FALLTHRU */ 6392 case MAC_LOGTYPE_LINK: 6393 if (mac_link_log_enable) { 6394 rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock); 6395 return (0); 6396 } 6397 break; 6398 default: 6399 ASSERT(0); 6400 } 6401 6402 /* Disable fastpath */ 6403 mod_hash_walk(i_mac_impl_hash, i_mac_fastpath_walker, &dstate); 6404 if ((err = dstate.mf_err) != 0) { 6405 /* Reenable fastpath */ 6406 mod_hash_walk(i_mac_impl_hash, i_mac_fastpath_walker, &estate); 6407 rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock); 6408 return (err); 6409 } 6410 6411 switch (type) { 6412 case MAC_LOGTYPE_FLOW: 6413 mac_flow_log_enable = B_TRUE; 6414 /* FALLTHRU */ 6415 case MAC_LOGTYPE_LINK: 6416 mac_link_log_enable = B_TRUE; 6417 break; 6418 } 6419 6420 mac_logging_interval = interval; 6421 rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock); 6422 mac_log_linkinfo(NULL); 6423 return (0); 6424 } 6425 6426 /* 6427 * Stop the logging timer if both link and flow logging are turned off. 6428 */ 6429 void 6430 mac_stop_logusage(mac_logtype_t type) 6431 { 6432 i_mac_log_state_t lstate; 6433 i_mac_fastpath_state_t estate = {B_FALSE, 0}; 6434 list_t net_log_list; 6435 6436 list_create(&net_log_list, sizeof (netinfo_t), 6437 offsetof(netinfo_t, ni_link)); 6438 6439 rw_enter(&i_mac_impl_lock, RW_WRITER); 6440 6441 lstate.mi_fenable = mac_flow_log_enable; 6442 lstate.mi_lenable = mac_link_log_enable; 6443 lstate.mi_list = &net_log_list; 6444 6445 /* Last walk */ 6446 lstate.mi_last = B_TRUE; 6447 6448 switch (type) { 6449 case MAC_LOGTYPE_FLOW: 6450 if (lstate.mi_fenable) { 6451 ASSERT(mac_link_log_enable); 6452 mac_flow_log_enable = B_FALSE; 6453 mac_link_log_enable = B_FALSE; 6454 break; 6455 } 6456 /* FALLTHRU */ 6457 case MAC_LOGTYPE_LINK: 6458 if (!lstate.mi_lenable || mac_flow_log_enable) { 6459 rw_exit(&i_mac_impl_lock); 6460 return; 6461 } 6462 mac_link_log_enable = B_FALSE; 6463 break; 6464 default: 6465 ASSERT(0); 6466 } 6467 6468 /* Reenable fastpath */ 6469 mod_hash_walk(i_mac_impl_hash, i_mac_fastpath_walker, &estate); 6470 6471 (void) untimeout(mac_logging_timer); 6472 mac_logging_timer = NULL; 6473 6474 /* Write log entries for each mac_impl in the list */ 6475 i_mac_log_info(&net_log_list, &lstate); 6476 } 6477 6478 /* 6479 * Walk the rx and tx SRS/SRs for a flow and update the priority value. 6480 */ 6481 void 6482 mac_flow_update_priority(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, flow_entry_t *flent) 6483 { 6484 pri_t pri; 6485 int count; 6486 mac_soft_ring_set_t *mac_srs; 6487 6488 if (flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt <= 0) 6489 return; 6490 6491 if (((mac_soft_ring_set_t *)flent->fe_rx_srs[0])->srs_type == 6492 SRST_FLOW) { 6493 pri = FLOW_PRIORITY(mcip->mci_min_pri, 6494 mcip->mci_max_pri, 6495 flent->fe_resource_props.mrp_priority); 6496 } else { 6497 pri = mcip->mci_max_pri; 6498 } 6499 6500 for (count = 0; count < flent->fe_rx_srs_cnt; count++) { 6501 mac_srs = flent->fe_rx_srs[count]; 6502 mac_update_srs_priority(mac_srs, pri); 6503 } 6504 /* 6505 * If we have a Tx SRS, we need to modify all the threads associated 6506 * with it. 6507 */ 6508 if (flent->fe_tx_srs != NULL) 6509 mac_update_srs_priority(flent->fe_tx_srs, pri); 6510 } 6511 6512 /* 6513 * RX and TX rings are reserved according to different semantics depending 6514 * on the requests from the MAC clients and type of rings: 6515 * 6516 * On the Tx side, by default we reserve individual rings, independently from 6517 * the groups. 6518 * 6519 * On the Rx side, the reservation is at the granularity of the group 6520 * of rings, and used for v12n level 1 only. It has a special case for the 6521 * primary client. 6522 * 6523 * If a share is allocated to a MAC client, we allocate a TX group and an 6524 * RX group to the client, and assign TX rings and RX rings to these 6525 * groups according to information gathered from the driver through 6526 * the share capability. 6527 * 6528 * The foreseable evolution of Rx rings will handle v12n level 2 and higher 6529 * to allocate individual rings out of a group and program the hw classifier 6530 * based on IP address or higher level criteria. 6531 */ 6532 6533 /* 6534 * mac_reserve_tx_ring() 6535 * Reserve a unused ring by marking it with MR_INUSE state. 6536 * As reserved, the ring is ready to function. 6537 * 6538 * Notes for Hybrid I/O: 6539 * 6540 * If a specific ring is needed, it is specified through the desired_ring 6541 * argument. Otherwise that argument is set to NULL. 6542 * If the desired ring was previous allocated to another client, this 6543 * function swaps it with a new ring from the group of unassigned rings. 6544 */ 6545 mac_ring_t * 6546 mac_reserve_tx_ring(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_ring_t *desired_ring) 6547 { 6548 mac_group_t *group; 6549 mac_grp_client_t *mgcp; 6550 mac_client_impl_t *mcip; 6551 mac_soft_ring_set_t *srs; 6552 6553 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip)); 6554 6555 /* 6556 * Find an available ring and start it before changing its status. 6557 * The unassigned rings are at the end of the mi_tx_groups 6558 * array. 6559 */ 6560 group = MAC_DEFAULT_TX_GROUP(mip); 6561 6562 /* Can't take the default ring out of the default group */ 6563 ASSERT(desired_ring != (mac_ring_t *)mip->mi_default_tx_ring); 6564 6565 if (desired_ring->mr_state == MR_FREE) { 6566 ASSERT(MAC_GROUP_NO_CLIENT(group)); 6567 if (mac_start_ring(desired_ring) != 0) 6568 return (NULL); 6569 return (desired_ring); 6570 } 6571 /* 6572 * There are clients using this ring, so let's move the clients 6573 * away from using this ring. 6574 */ 6575 for (mgcp = group->mrg_clients; mgcp != NULL; mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next) { 6576 mcip = mgcp->mgc_client; 6577 mac_tx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 6578 srs = MCIP_TX_SRS(mcip); 6579 ASSERT(mac_tx_srs_ring_present(srs, desired_ring)); 6580 mac_tx_invoke_callbacks(mcip, 6581 (mac_tx_cookie_t)mac_tx_srs_get_soft_ring(srs, 6582 desired_ring)); 6583 mac_tx_srs_del_ring(srs, desired_ring); 6584 mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 6585 } 6586 return (desired_ring); 6587 } 6588 6589 /* 6590 * For a non-default group with multiple clients, return the primary client. 6591 */ 6592 static mac_client_impl_t * 6593 mac_get_grp_primary(mac_group_t *grp) 6594 { 6595 mac_grp_client_t *mgcp = grp->mrg_clients; 6596 mac_client_impl_t *mcip; 6597 6598 while (mgcp != NULL) { 6599 mcip = mgcp->mgc_client; 6600 if (mcip->mci_flent->fe_type & FLOW_PRIMARY_MAC) 6601 return (mcip); 6602 mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next; 6603 } 6604 return (NULL); 6605 } 6606 6607 /* 6608 * Hybrid I/O specifies the ring that should be given to a share. 6609 * If the ring is already used by clients, then we need to release 6610 * the ring back to the default group so that we can give it to 6611 * the share. This means the clients using this ring now get a 6612 * replacement ring. If there aren't any replacement rings, this 6613 * function returns a failure. 6614 */ 6615 static int 6616 mac_reclaim_ring_from_grp(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_ring_type_t ring_type, 6617 mac_ring_t *ring, mac_ring_t **rings, int nrings) 6618 { 6619 mac_group_t *group = (mac_group_t *)ring->mr_gh; 6620 mac_resource_props_t *mrp; 6621 mac_client_impl_t *mcip; 6622 mac_group_t *defgrp; 6623 mac_ring_t *tring; 6624 mac_group_t *tgrp; 6625 int i; 6626 int j; 6627 6628 mcip = MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(group); 6629 if (mcip == NULL) 6630 mcip = mac_get_grp_primary(group); 6631 ASSERT(mcip != NULL); 6632 ASSERT(mcip->mci_share == 0); 6633 6634 mrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip); 6635 if (ring_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX) { 6636 defgrp = mip->mi_rx_donor_grp; 6637 if ((mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RX_RINGS) == 0) { 6638 /* Need to put this mac client in the default group */ 6639 if (mac_rx_switch_group(mcip, group, defgrp) != 0) 6640 return (ENOSPC); 6641 } else { 6642 /* 6643 * Switch this ring with some other ring from 6644 * the default group. 6645 */ 6646 for (tring = defgrp->mrg_rings; tring != NULL; 6647 tring = tring->mr_next) { 6648 if (tring->mr_index == 0) 6649 continue; 6650 for (j = 0; j < nrings; j++) { 6651 if (rings[j] == tring) 6652 break; 6653 } 6654 if (j >= nrings) 6655 break; 6656 } 6657 if (tring == NULL) 6658 return (ENOSPC); 6659 if (mac_group_mov_ring(mip, group, tring) != 0) 6660 return (ENOSPC); 6661 if (mac_group_mov_ring(mip, defgrp, ring) != 0) { 6662 (void) mac_group_mov_ring(mip, defgrp, tring); 6663 return (ENOSPC); 6664 } 6665 } 6666 ASSERT(ring->mr_gh == (mac_group_handle_t)defgrp); 6667 return (0); 6668 } 6669 6670 defgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_TX_GROUP(mip); 6671 if (ring == (mac_ring_t *)mip->mi_default_tx_ring) { 6672 /* 6673 * See if we can get a spare ring to replace the default 6674 * ring. 6675 */ 6676 if (defgrp->mrg_cur_count == 1) { 6677 /* 6678 * Need to get a ring from another client, see if 6679 * there are any clients that can be moved to 6680 * the default group, thereby freeing some rings. 6681 */ 6682 for (i = 0; i < mip->mi_tx_group_count; i++) { 6683 tgrp = &mip->mi_tx_groups[i]; 6684 if (tgrp->mrg_state == 6685 MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED) { 6686 continue; 6687 } 6688 mcip = MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(tgrp); 6689 if (mcip == NULL) 6690 mcip = mac_get_grp_primary(tgrp); 6691 ASSERT(mcip != NULL); 6692 mrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip); 6693 if ((mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TX_RINGS) == 0) { 6694 ASSERT(tgrp->mrg_cur_count == 1); 6695 /* 6696 * If this ring is part of the 6697 * rings asked by the share we cannot 6698 * use it as the default ring. 6699 */ 6700 for (j = 0; j < nrings; j++) { 6701 if (rings[j] == tgrp->mrg_rings) 6702 break; 6703 } 6704 if (j < nrings) 6705 continue; 6706 mac_tx_client_quiesce( 6707 (mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 6708 mac_tx_switch_group(mcip, tgrp, 6709 defgrp); 6710 mac_tx_client_restart( 6711 (mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 6712 break; 6713 } 6714 } 6715 /* 6716 * All the rings are reserved, can't give up the 6717 * default ring. 6718 */ 6719 if (defgrp->mrg_cur_count <= 1) 6720 return (ENOSPC); 6721 } 6722 /* 6723 * Swap the default ring with another. 6724 */ 6725 for (tring = defgrp->mrg_rings; tring != NULL; 6726 tring = tring->mr_next) { 6727 /* 6728 * If this ring is part of the rings asked by the 6729 * share we cannot use it as the default ring. 6730 */ 6731 for (j = 0; j < nrings; j++) { 6732 if (rings[j] == tring) 6733 break; 6734 } 6735 if (j >= nrings) 6736 break; 6737 } 6738 ASSERT(tring != NULL); 6739 mip->mi_default_tx_ring = (mac_ring_handle_t)tring; 6740 return (0); 6741 } 6742 /* 6743 * The Tx ring is with a group reserved by a MAC client. See if 6744 * we can swap it. 6745 */ 6746 ASSERT(group->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED); 6747 mcip = MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(group); 6748 if (mcip == NULL) 6749 mcip = mac_get_grp_primary(group); 6750 ASSERT(mcip != NULL); 6751 mrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip); 6752 mac_tx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 6753 if ((mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TX_RINGS) == 0) { 6754 ASSERT(group->mrg_cur_count == 1); 6755 /* Put this mac client in the default group */ 6756 mac_tx_switch_group(mcip, group, defgrp); 6757 } else { 6758 /* 6759 * Switch this ring with some other ring from 6760 * the default group. 6761 */ 6762 for (tring = defgrp->mrg_rings; tring != NULL; 6763 tring = tring->mr_next) { 6764 if (tring == (mac_ring_t *)mip->mi_default_tx_ring) 6765 continue; 6766 /* 6767 * If this ring is part of the rings asked by the 6768 * share we cannot use it for swapping. 6769 */ 6770 for (j = 0; j < nrings; j++) { 6771 if (rings[j] == tring) 6772 break; 6773 } 6774 if (j >= nrings) 6775 break; 6776 } 6777 if (tring == NULL) { 6778 mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 6779 return (ENOSPC); 6780 } 6781 if (mac_group_mov_ring(mip, group, tring) != 0) { 6782 mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 6783 return (ENOSPC); 6784 } 6785 if (mac_group_mov_ring(mip, defgrp, ring) != 0) { 6786 (void) mac_group_mov_ring(mip, defgrp, tring); 6787 mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 6788 return (ENOSPC); 6789 } 6790 } 6791 mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 6792 ASSERT(ring->mr_gh == (mac_group_handle_t)defgrp); 6793 return (0); 6794 } 6795 6796 /* 6797 * Populate a zero-ring group with rings. If the share is non-NULL, 6798 * the rings are chosen according to that share. 6799 * Invoked after allocating a new RX or TX group through 6800 * mac_reserve_rx_group() or mac_reserve_tx_group(), respectively. 6801 * Returns zero on success, an errno otherwise. 6802 */ 6803 int 6804 i_mac_group_allocate_rings(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_ring_type_t ring_type, 6805 mac_group_t *src_group, mac_group_t *new_group, mac_share_handle_t share, 6806 uint32_t ringcnt) 6807 { 6808 mac_ring_t **rings, *ring; 6809 uint_t nrings; 6810 int rv = 0, i = 0, j; 6811 6812 ASSERT((ring_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX && 6813 mip->mi_rx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) || 6814 (ring_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_TX && 6815 mip->mi_tx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC)); 6816 6817 /* 6818 * First find the rings to allocate to the group. 6819 */ 6820 if (share != 0) { 6821 /* get rings through ms_squery() */ 6822 mip->mi_share_capab.ms_squery(share, ring_type, NULL, &nrings); 6823 ASSERT(nrings != 0); 6824 rings = kmem_alloc(nrings * sizeof (mac_ring_handle_t), 6825 KM_SLEEP); 6826 mip->mi_share_capab.ms_squery(share, ring_type, 6827 (mac_ring_handle_t *)rings, &nrings); 6828 for (i = 0; i < nrings; i++) { 6829 /* 6830 * If we have given this ring to a non-default 6831 * group, we need to check if we can get this 6832 * ring. 6833 */ 6834 ring = rings[i]; 6835 if (ring->mr_gh != (mac_group_handle_t)src_group || 6836 ring == (mac_ring_t *)mip->mi_default_tx_ring) { 6837 if (mac_reclaim_ring_from_grp(mip, ring_type, 6838 ring, rings, nrings) != 0) { 6839 rv = ENOSPC; 6840 goto bail; 6841 } 6842 } 6843 } 6844 } else { 6845 /* 6846 * Pick one ring from default group. 6847 * 6848 * for now pick the second ring which requires the first ring 6849 * at index 0 to stay in the default group, since it is the 6850 * ring which carries the multicast traffic. 6851 * We need a better way for a driver to indicate this, 6852 * for example a per-ring flag. 6853 */ 6854 rings = kmem_alloc(ringcnt * sizeof (mac_ring_handle_t), 6855 KM_SLEEP); 6856 for (ring = src_group->mrg_rings; ring != NULL; 6857 ring = ring->mr_next) { 6858 if (ring_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX && 6859 ring->mr_index == 0) { 6860 continue; 6861 } 6862 if (ring_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_TX && 6863 ring == (mac_ring_t *)mip->mi_default_tx_ring) { 6864 continue; 6865 } 6866 rings[i++] = ring; 6867 if (i == ringcnt) 6868 break; 6869 } 6870 ASSERT(ring != NULL); 6871 nrings = i; 6872 /* Not enough rings as required */ 6873 if (nrings != ringcnt) { 6874 rv = ENOSPC; 6875 goto bail; 6876 } 6877 } 6878 6879 switch (ring_type) { 6880 case MAC_RING_TYPE_RX: 6881 if (src_group->mrg_cur_count - nrings < 1) { 6882 /* we ran out of rings */ 6883 rv = ENOSPC; 6884 goto bail; 6885 } 6886 6887 /* move receive rings to new group */ 6888 for (i = 0; i < nrings; i++) { 6889 rv = mac_group_mov_ring(mip, new_group, rings[i]); 6890 if (rv != 0) { 6891 /* move rings back on failure */ 6892 for (j = 0; j < i; j++) { 6893 (void) mac_group_mov_ring(mip, 6894 src_group, rings[j]); 6895 } 6896 goto bail; 6897 } 6898 } 6899 break; 6900 6901 case MAC_RING_TYPE_TX: { 6902 mac_ring_t *tmp_ring; 6903 6904 /* move the TX rings to the new group */ 6905 for (i = 0; i < nrings; i++) { 6906 /* get the desired ring */ 6907 tmp_ring = mac_reserve_tx_ring(mip, rings[i]); 6908 if (tmp_ring == NULL) { 6909 rv = ENOSPC; 6910 goto bail; 6911 } 6912 ASSERT(tmp_ring == rings[i]); 6913 rv = mac_group_mov_ring(mip, new_group, rings[i]); 6914 if (rv != 0) { 6915 /* cleanup on failure */ 6916 for (j = 0; j < i; j++) { 6917 (void) mac_group_mov_ring(mip, 6918 MAC_DEFAULT_TX_GROUP(mip), 6919 rings[j]); 6920 } 6921 goto bail; 6922 } 6923 } 6924 break; 6925 } 6926 } 6927 6928 /* add group to share */ 6929 if (share != 0) 6930 mip->mi_share_capab.ms_sadd(share, new_group->mrg_driver); 6931 6932 bail: 6933 /* free temporary array of rings */ 6934 kmem_free(rings, nrings * sizeof (mac_ring_handle_t)); 6935 6936 return (rv); 6937 } 6938 6939 void 6940 mac_group_add_client(mac_group_t *grp, mac_client_impl_t *mcip) 6941 { 6942 mac_grp_client_t *mgcp; 6943 6944 for (mgcp = grp->mrg_clients; mgcp != NULL; mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next) { 6945 if (mgcp->mgc_client == mcip) 6946 break; 6947 } 6948 6949 ASSERT(mgcp == NULL); 6950 6951 mgcp = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (mac_grp_client_t), KM_SLEEP); 6952 mgcp->mgc_client = mcip; 6953 mgcp->mgc_next = grp->mrg_clients; 6954 grp->mrg_clients = mgcp; 6955 } 6956 6957 void 6958 mac_group_remove_client(mac_group_t *grp, mac_client_impl_t *mcip) 6959 { 6960 mac_grp_client_t *mgcp, **pprev; 6961 6962 for (pprev = &grp->mrg_clients, mgcp = *pprev; mgcp != NULL; 6963 pprev = &mgcp->mgc_next, mgcp = *pprev) { 6964 if (mgcp->mgc_client == mcip) 6965 break; 6966 } 6967 6968 ASSERT(mgcp != NULL); 6969 6970 *pprev = mgcp->mgc_next; 6971 kmem_free(mgcp, sizeof (mac_grp_client_t)); 6972 } 6973 6974 /* 6975 * Return true if any client on this group explicitly asked for HW 6976 * rings (of type mask) or have a bound share. 6977 */ 6978 static boolean_t 6979 i_mac_clients_hw(mac_group_t *grp, uint32_t mask) 6980 { 6981 mac_grp_client_t *mgcip; 6982 mac_client_impl_t *mcip; 6983 mac_resource_props_t *mrp; 6984 6985 for (mgcip = grp->mrg_clients; mgcip != NULL; mgcip = mgcip->mgc_next) { 6986 mcip = mgcip->mgc_client; 6987 mrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip); 6988 if (mcip->mci_share != 0 || (mrp->mrp_mask & mask) != 0) 6989 return (B_TRUE); 6990 } 6991 6992 return (B_FALSE); 6993 } 6994 6995 /* 6996 * Finds an available group and exclusively reserves it for a client. 6997 * The group is chosen to suit the flow's resource controls (bandwidth and 6998 * fanout requirements) and the address type. 6999 * If the requestor is the pimary MAC then return the group with the 7000 * largest number of rings, otherwise the default ring when available. 7001 */ 7002 mac_group_t * 7003 mac_reserve_rx_group(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, uint8_t *mac_addr, boolean_t move) 7004 { 7005 mac_share_handle_t share = mcip->mci_share; 7006 mac_impl_t *mip = mcip->mci_mip; 7007 mac_group_t *grp = NULL; 7008 int i; 7009 int err = 0; 7010 mac_address_t *map; 7011 mac_resource_props_t *mrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip); 7012 int nrings; 7013 int donor_grp_rcnt; 7014 boolean_t need_exclgrp = B_FALSE; 7015 int need_rings = 0; 7016 mac_group_t *candidate_grp = NULL; 7017 mac_client_impl_t *gclient; 7018 mac_group_t *donorgrp = NULL; 7019 boolean_t rxhw = mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RX_RINGS; 7020 boolean_t unspec = mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RXRINGS_UNSPEC; 7021 boolean_t isprimary; 7022 7023 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mip)); 7024 7025 isprimary = mcip->mci_flent->fe_type & FLOW_PRIMARY_MAC; 7026 7027 /* 7028 * Check if a group already has this MAC address (case of VLANs) 7029 * unless we are moving this MAC client from one group to another. 7030 */ 7031 if (!move && (map = mac_find_macaddr(mip, mac_addr)) != NULL) { 7032 if (map->ma_group != NULL) 7033 return (map->ma_group); 7034 } 7035 7036 if (mip->mi_rx_groups == NULL || mip->mi_rx_group_count == 0) 7037 return (NULL); 7038 7039 /* 7040 * If this client is requesting exclusive MAC access then 7041 * return NULL to ensure the client uses the default group. 7042 */ 7043 if (mcip->mci_state_flags & MCIS_EXCLUSIVE) 7044 return (NULL); 7045 7046 /* For dynamic groups default unspecified to 1 */ 7047 if (rxhw && unspec && 7048 mip->mi_rx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) { 7049 mrp->mrp_nrxrings = 1; 7050 } 7051 7052 /* 7053 * For static grouping we allow only specifying rings=0 and 7054 * unspecified 7055 */ 7056 if (rxhw && mrp->mrp_nrxrings > 0 && 7057 mip->mi_rx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_STATIC) { 7058 return (NULL); 7059 } 7060 7061 if (rxhw) { 7062 /* 7063 * We have explicitly asked for a group (with nrxrings, 7064 * if unspec). 7065 */ 7066 if (unspec || mrp->mrp_nrxrings > 0) { 7067 need_exclgrp = B_TRUE; 7068 need_rings = mrp->mrp_nrxrings; 7069 } else if (mrp->mrp_nrxrings == 0) { 7070 /* 7071 * We have asked for a software group. 7072 */ 7073 return (NULL); 7074 } 7075 } else if (isprimary && mip->mi_nactiveclients == 1 && 7076 mip->mi_rx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) { 7077 /* 7078 * If the primary is the only active client on this 7079 * mip and we have not asked for any rings, we give 7080 * it the default group so that the primary gets to 7081 * use all the rings. 7082 */ 7083 return (NULL); 7084 } 7085 7086 /* The group that can donate rings */ 7087 donorgrp = mip->mi_rx_donor_grp; 7088 7089 /* 7090 * The number of rings that the default group can donate. 7091 * We need to leave at least one ring. 7092 */ 7093 donor_grp_rcnt = donorgrp->mrg_cur_count - 1; 7094 7095 /* 7096 * Try to exclusively reserve a RX group. 7097 * 7098 * For flows requiring HW_DEFAULT_RING (unicast flow of the primary 7099 * client), try to reserve the a non-default RX group and give 7100 * it all the rings from the donor group, except the default ring 7101 * 7102 * For flows requiring HW_RING (unicast flow of other clients), try 7103 * to reserve non-default RX group with the specified number of 7104 * rings, if available. 7105 * 7106 * For flows that have not asked for software or hardware ring, 7107 * try to reserve a non-default group with 1 ring, if available. 7108 */ 7109 for (i = 1; i < mip->mi_rx_group_count; i++) { 7110 grp = &mip->mi_rx_groups[i]; 7111 7112 DTRACE_PROBE3(rx__group__trying, char *, mip->mi_name, 7113 int, grp->mrg_index, mac_group_state_t, grp->mrg_state); 7114 7115 /* 7116 * Check if this group could be a candidate group for 7117 * eviction if we need a group for this MAC client, 7118 * but there aren't any. A candidate group is one 7119 * that didn't ask for an exclusive group, but got 7120 * one and it has enough rings (combined with what 7121 * the donor group can donate) for the new MAC 7122 * client. 7123 */ 7124 if (grp->mrg_state >= MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) { 7125 /* 7126 * If the donor group is not the default 7127 * group, don't bother looking for a candidate 7128 * group. If we don't have enough rings we 7129 * will check if the primary group can be 7130 * vacated. 7131 */ 7132 if (candidate_grp == NULL && 7133 donorgrp == MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip)) { 7134 if (!i_mac_clients_hw(grp, MRP_RX_RINGS) && 7135 (unspec || 7136 (grp->mrg_cur_count + donor_grp_rcnt >= 7137 need_rings))) { 7138 candidate_grp = grp; 7139 } 7140 } 7141 continue; 7142 } 7143 /* 7144 * This group could already be SHARED by other multicast 7145 * flows on this client. In that case, the group would 7146 * be shared and has already been started. 7147 */ 7148 ASSERT(grp->mrg_state != MAC_GROUP_STATE_UNINIT); 7149 7150 if ((grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED) && 7151 (mac_start_group(grp) != 0)) { 7152 continue; 7153 } 7154 7155 if (mip->mi_rx_group_type != MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) 7156 break; 7157 ASSERT(grp->mrg_cur_count == 0); 7158 7159 /* 7160 * Populate the group. Rings should be taken 7161 * from the donor group. 7162 */ 7163 nrings = rxhw ? need_rings : isprimary ? donor_grp_rcnt: 1; 7164 7165 /* 7166 * If the donor group can't donate, let's just walk and 7167 * see if someone can vacate a group, so that we have 7168 * enough rings for this, unless we already have 7169 * identified a candiate group.. 7170 */ 7171 if (nrings <= donor_grp_rcnt) { 7172 err = i_mac_group_allocate_rings(mip, MAC_RING_TYPE_RX, 7173 donorgrp, grp, share, nrings); 7174 if (err == 0) { 7175 /* 7176 * For a share i_mac_group_allocate_rings gets 7177 * the rings from the driver, let's populate 7178 * the property for the client now. 7179 */ 7180 if (share != 0) { 7181 mac_client_set_rings( 7182 (mac_client_handle_t)mcip, 7183 grp->mrg_cur_count, -1); 7184 } 7185 if (mac_is_primary_client(mcip) && !rxhw) 7186 mip->mi_rx_donor_grp = grp; 7187 break; 7188 } 7189 } 7190 7191 DTRACE_PROBE3(rx__group__reserve__alloc__rings, char *, 7192 mip->mi_name, int, grp->mrg_index, int, err); 7193 7194 /* 7195 * It's a dynamic group but the grouping operation 7196 * failed. 7197 */ 7198 mac_stop_group(grp); 7199 } 7200 7201 /* We didn't find an exclusive group for this MAC client */ 7202 if (i >= mip->mi_rx_group_count) { 7203 7204 if (!need_exclgrp) 7205 return (NULL); 7206 7207 /* 7208 * If we found a candidate group then move the 7209 * existing MAC client from the candidate_group to the 7210 * default group and give the candidate_group to the 7211 * new MAC client. If we didn't find a candidate 7212 * group, then check if the primary is in its own 7213 * group and if it can make way for this MAC client. 7214 */ 7215 if (candidate_grp == NULL && 7216 donorgrp != MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip) && 7217 donorgrp->mrg_cur_count >= need_rings) { 7218 candidate_grp = donorgrp; 7219 } 7220 if (candidate_grp != NULL) { 7221 boolean_t prim_grp = B_FALSE; 7222 7223 /* 7224 * Switch the existing MAC client from the 7225 * candidate group to the default group. If 7226 * the candidate group is the donor group, 7227 * then after the switch we need to update the 7228 * donor group too. 7229 */ 7230 grp = candidate_grp; 7231 gclient = grp->mrg_clients->mgc_client; 7232 VERIFY3P(gclient, !=, NULL); 7233 if (grp == mip->mi_rx_donor_grp) 7234 prim_grp = B_TRUE; 7235 if (mac_rx_switch_group(gclient, grp, 7236 MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip)) != 0) { 7237 return (NULL); 7238 } 7239 if (prim_grp) { 7240 mip->mi_rx_donor_grp = 7241 MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip); 7242 donorgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip); 7243 } 7244 7245 /* 7246 * Now give this group with the required rings 7247 * to this MAC client. 7248 */ 7249 ASSERT(grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED); 7250 if (mac_start_group(grp) != 0) 7251 return (NULL); 7252 7253 if (mip->mi_rx_group_type != MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) 7254 return (grp); 7255 7256 donor_grp_rcnt = donorgrp->mrg_cur_count - 1; 7257 ASSERT(grp->mrg_cur_count == 0); 7258 ASSERT(donor_grp_rcnt >= need_rings); 7259 err = i_mac_group_allocate_rings(mip, MAC_RING_TYPE_RX, 7260 donorgrp, grp, share, need_rings); 7261 if (err == 0) { 7262 /* 7263 * For a share i_mac_group_allocate_rings gets 7264 * the rings from the driver, let's populate 7265 * the property for the client now. 7266 */ 7267 if (share != 0) { 7268 mac_client_set_rings( 7269 (mac_client_handle_t)mcip, 7270 grp->mrg_cur_count, -1); 7271 } 7272 DTRACE_PROBE2(rx__group__reserved, 7273 char *, mip->mi_name, int, grp->mrg_index); 7274 return (grp); 7275 } 7276 DTRACE_PROBE3(rx__group__reserve__alloc__rings, char *, 7277 mip->mi_name, int, grp->mrg_index, int, err); 7278 mac_stop_group(grp); 7279 } 7280 return (NULL); 7281 } 7282 ASSERT(grp != NULL); 7283 7284 DTRACE_PROBE2(rx__group__reserved, 7285 char *, mip->mi_name, int, grp->mrg_index); 7286 return (grp); 7287 } 7288 7289 /* 7290 * mac_rx_release_group() 7291 * 7292 * Release the group when it has no remaining clients. The group is 7293 * stopped and its shares are removed and all rings are assigned back 7294 * to default group. This should never be called against the default 7295 * group. 7296 */ 7297 void 7298 mac_release_rx_group(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, mac_group_t *group) 7299 { 7300 mac_impl_t *mip = mcip->mci_mip; 7301 mac_ring_t *ring; 7302 7303 ASSERT(group != MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip)); 7304 ASSERT(MAC_GROUP_NO_CLIENT(group) == B_TRUE); 7305 7306 if (mip->mi_rx_donor_grp == group) 7307 mip->mi_rx_donor_grp = MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip); 7308 7309 /* 7310 * This is the case where there are no clients left. Any 7311 * SRS etc on this group have also be quiesced. 7312 */ 7313 for (ring = group->mrg_rings; ring != NULL; ring = ring->mr_next) { 7314 if (ring->mr_classify_type == MAC_HW_CLASSIFIER) { 7315 ASSERT(group->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED); 7316 /* 7317 * Remove the SRS associated with the HW ring. 7318 * As a result, polling will be disabled. 7319 */ 7320 ring->mr_srs = NULL; 7321 } 7322 ASSERT(group->mrg_state < MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED || 7323 ring->mr_state == MR_INUSE); 7324 if (ring->mr_state == MR_INUSE) { 7325 mac_stop_ring(ring); 7326 ring->mr_flag = 0; 7327 } 7328 } 7329 7330 /* remove group from share */ 7331 if (mcip->mci_share != 0) { 7332 mip->mi_share_capab.ms_sremove(mcip->mci_share, 7333 group->mrg_driver); 7334 } 7335 7336 if (mip->mi_rx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) { 7337 mac_ring_t *ring; 7338 7339 /* 7340 * Rings were dynamically allocated to group. 7341 * Move rings back to default group. 7342 */ 7343 while ((ring = group->mrg_rings) != NULL) { 7344 (void) mac_group_mov_ring(mip, mip->mi_rx_donor_grp, 7345 ring); 7346 } 7347 } 7348 mac_stop_group(group); 7349 /* 7350 * Possible improvement: See if we can assign the group just released 7351 * to a another client of the mip 7352 */ 7353 } 7354 7355 /* 7356 * Move the MAC address from fgrp to tgrp. 7357 */ 7358 static int 7359 mac_rx_move_macaddr(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, mac_group_t *fgrp, 7360 mac_group_t *tgrp) 7361 { 7362 mac_impl_t *mip = mcip->mci_mip; 7363 uint8_t maddr[MAXMACADDRLEN]; 7364 int err = 0; 7365 uint16_t vid; 7366 mac_unicast_impl_t *muip; 7367 boolean_t use_hw; 7368 7369 mac_rx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 7370 VERIFY3P(mcip->mci_unicast, !=, NULL); 7371 bcopy(mcip->mci_unicast->ma_addr, maddr, mcip->mci_unicast->ma_len); 7372 7373 /* 7374 * Does the client require MAC address hardware classifiction? 7375 */ 7376 use_hw = (mcip->mci_state_flags & MCIS_UNICAST_HW) != 0; 7377 vid = i_mac_flow_vid(mcip->mci_flent); 7378 7379 /* 7380 * You can never move an address that is shared by multiple 7381 * clients. mac_datapath_setup() ensures that clients sharing 7382 * an address are placed on the default group. This guarantees 7383 * that a non-default group will only ever have one client and 7384 * thus make full use of HW filters. 7385 */ 7386 if (mac_check_macaddr_shared(mcip->mci_unicast)) 7387 return (EINVAL); 7388 7389 err = mac_remove_macaddr_vlan(mcip->mci_unicast, vid); 7390 7391 if (err != 0) { 7392 mac_rx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 7393 return (err); 7394 } 7395 7396 /* 7397 * If this isn't the primary MAC address then the 7398 * mac_address_t has been freed by the last call to 7399 * mac_remove_macaddr_vlan(). In any case, NULL the reference 7400 * to avoid a dangling pointer. 7401 */ 7402 mcip->mci_unicast = NULL; 7403 7404 /* 7405 * We also have to NULL all the mui_map references -- sun4v 7406 * strikes again! 7407 */ 7408 rw_enter(&mcip->mci_rw_lock, RW_WRITER); 7409 for (muip = mcip->mci_unicast_list; muip != NULL; muip = muip->mui_next) 7410 muip->mui_map = NULL; 7411 rw_exit(&mcip->mci_rw_lock); 7412 7413 /* 7414 * Program the H/W Classifier first, if this fails we need not 7415 * proceed with the other stuff. 7416 */ 7417 if ((err = mac_add_macaddr_vlan(mip, tgrp, maddr, vid, use_hw)) != 0) { 7418 int err2; 7419 7420 /* Revert back the H/W Classifier */ 7421 err2 = mac_add_macaddr_vlan(mip, fgrp, maddr, vid, use_hw); 7422 7423 if (err2 != 0) { 7424 cmn_err(CE_WARN, "Failed to revert HW classification" 7425 " on MAC %s, for client %s: %d.", mip->mi_name, 7426 mcip->mci_name, err2); 7427 } 7428 7429 mac_rx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 7430 return (err); 7431 } 7432 7433 /* 7434 * Get a reference to the new mac_address_t and update the 7435 * client's reference. Then restart the client and add the 7436 * other clients of this MAC addr (if they exsit). 7437 */ 7438 mcip->mci_unicast = mac_find_macaddr(mip, maddr); 7439 rw_enter(&mcip->mci_rw_lock, RW_WRITER); 7440 for (muip = mcip->mci_unicast_list; muip != NULL; muip = muip->mui_next) 7441 muip->mui_map = mcip->mci_unicast; 7442 rw_exit(&mcip->mci_rw_lock); 7443 mac_rx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 7444 return (0); 7445 } 7446 7447 /* 7448 * Switch the MAC client from one group to another. This means we need 7449 * to remove the MAC address from the group, remove the MAC client, 7450 * teardown the SRSs and revert the group state. Then, we add the client 7451 * to the destination group, set the SRSs, and add the MAC address to the 7452 * group. 7453 */ 7454 int 7455 mac_rx_switch_group(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, mac_group_t *fgrp, 7456 mac_group_t *tgrp) 7457 { 7458 int err; 7459 mac_group_state_t next_state; 7460 mac_client_impl_t *group_only_mcip; 7461 mac_client_impl_t *gmcip; 7462 mac_impl_t *mip = mcip->mci_mip; 7463 mac_grp_client_t *mgcp; 7464 7465 VERIFY3P(fgrp, ==, mcip->mci_flent->fe_rx_ring_group); 7466 7467 if ((err = mac_rx_move_macaddr(mcip, fgrp, tgrp)) != 0) 7468 return (err); 7469 7470 /* 7471 * If the group is marked as reserved and in use by a single 7472 * client, then there is an SRS to teardown. 7473 */ 7474 if (fgrp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED && 7475 MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(fgrp) != NULL) { 7476 mac_rx_srs_group_teardown(mcip->mci_flent, B_TRUE); 7477 } 7478 7479 /* 7480 * If we are moving the client from a non-default group, then 7481 * we know that any additional clients on this group share the 7482 * same MAC address. Since we moved the MAC address filter, we 7483 * need to move these clients too. 7484 * 7485 * If we are moving the client from the default group and its 7486 * MAC address has VLAN clients, then we must move those 7487 * clients as well. 7488 * 7489 * In both cases the idea is the same: we moved the MAC 7490 * address filter to the tgrp, so we must move all clients 7491 * using that MAC address to tgrp as well. 7492 */ 7493 if (fgrp != MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip)) { 7494 mgcp = fgrp->mrg_clients; 7495 while (mgcp != NULL) { 7496 gmcip = mgcp->mgc_client; 7497 mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next; 7498 mac_group_remove_client(fgrp, gmcip); 7499 mac_group_add_client(tgrp, gmcip); 7500 gmcip->mci_flent->fe_rx_ring_group = tgrp; 7501 } 7502 mac_release_rx_group(mcip, fgrp); 7503 VERIFY3B(MAC_GROUP_NO_CLIENT(fgrp), ==, B_TRUE); 7504 mac_set_group_state(fgrp, MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED); 7505 } else { 7506 mac_group_remove_client(fgrp, mcip); 7507 mac_group_add_client(tgrp, mcip); 7508 mcip->mci_flent->fe_rx_ring_group = tgrp; 7509 7510 /* 7511 * If there are other clients (VLANs) sharing this address 7512 * then move them too. 7513 */ 7514 if (mac_check_macaddr_shared(mcip->mci_unicast)) { 7515 /* 7516 * We need to move all the clients that are using 7517 * this MAC address. 7518 */ 7519 mgcp = fgrp->mrg_clients; 7520 while (mgcp != NULL) { 7521 gmcip = mgcp->mgc_client; 7522 mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next; 7523 if (mcip->mci_unicast == gmcip->mci_unicast) { 7524 mac_group_remove_client(fgrp, gmcip); 7525 mac_group_add_client(tgrp, gmcip); 7526 gmcip->mci_flent->fe_rx_ring_group = 7527 tgrp; 7528 } 7529 } 7530 } 7531 7532 /* 7533 * The default group still handles multicast and 7534 * broadcast traffic; it won't transition to 7535 * MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED. 7536 */ 7537 if (fgrp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) 7538 mac_rx_group_unmark(fgrp, MR_CONDEMNED); 7539 mac_set_group_state(fgrp, MAC_GROUP_STATE_SHARED); 7540 } 7541 7542 next_state = mac_group_next_state(tgrp, &group_only_mcip, 7543 MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip), B_TRUE); 7544 mac_set_group_state(tgrp, next_state); 7545 7546 /* 7547 * If the destination group is reserved, then setup the SRSes. 7548 * Otherwise make sure to use SW classification. 7549 */ 7550 if (tgrp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) { 7551 mac_rx_srs_group_setup(mcip, mcip->mci_flent, SRST_LINK); 7552 mac_fanout_setup(mcip, mcip->mci_flent, 7553 MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip), mac_rx_deliver, mcip, NULL, 7554 NULL); 7555 mac_rx_group_unmark(tgrp, MR_INCIPIENT); 7556 } else { 7557 mac_rx_switch_grp_to_sw(tgrp); 7558 } 7559 7560 return (0); 7561 } 7562 7563 /* 7564 * Reserves a TX group for the specified share. Invoked by mac_tx_srs_setup() 7565 * when a share was allocated to the client. 7566 */ 7567 mac_group_t * 7568 mac_reserve_tx_group(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, boolean_t move) 7569 { 7570 mac_impl_t *mip = mcip->mci_mip; 7571 mac_group_t *grp = NULL; 7572 int rv; 7573 int i; 7574 int err; 7575 mac_group_t *defgrp; 7576 mac_share_handle_t share = mcip->mci_share; 7577 mac_resource_props_t *mrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip); 7578 int nrings; 7579 int defnrings; 7580 boolean_t need_exclgrp = B_FALSE; 7581 int need_rings = 0; 7582 mac_group_t *candidate_grp = NULL; 7583 mac_client_impl_t *gclient; 7584 mac_resource_props_t *gmrp; 7585 boolean_t txhw = mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TX_RINGS; 7586 boolean_t unspec = mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TXRINGS_UNSPEC; 7587 boolean_t isprimary; 7588 7589 isprimary = mcip->mci_flent->fe_type & FLOW_PRIMARY_MAC; 7590 7591 /* 7592 * When we come here for a VLAN on the primary (dladm create-vlan), 7593 * we need to pair it along with the primary (to keep it consistent 7594 * with the RX side). So, we check if the primary is already assigned 7595 * to a group and return the group if so. The other way is also 7596 * true, i.e. the VLAN is already created and now we are plumbing 7597 * the primary. 7598 */ 7599 if (!move && isprimary) { 7600 for (gclient = mip->mi_clients_list; gclient != NULL; 7601 gclient = gclient->mci_client_next) { 7602 if (gclient->mci_flent->fe_type & FLOW_PRIMARY_MAC && 7603 gclient->mci_flent->fe_tx_ring_group != NULL) { 7604 return (gclient->mci_flent->fe_tx_ring_group); 7605 } 7606 } 7607 } 7608 7609 if (mip->mi_tx_groups == NULL || mip->mi_tx_group_count == 0) 7610 return (NULL); 7611 7612 /* For dynamic groups, default unspec to 1 */ 7613 if (txhw && unspec && 7614 mip->mi_tx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) { 7615 mrp->mrp_ntxrings = 1; 7616 } 7617 /* 7618 * For static grouping we allow only specifying rings=0 and 7619 * unspecified 7620 */ 7621 if (txhw && mrp->mrp_ntxrings > 0 && 7622 mip->mi_tx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_STATIC) { 7623 return (NULL); 7624 } 7625 7626 if (txhw) { 7627 /* 7628 * We have explicitly asked for a group (with ntxrings, 7629 * if unspec). 7630 */ 7631 if (unspec || mrp->mrp_ntxrings > 0) { 7632 need_exclgrp = B_TRUE; 7633 need_rings = mrp->mrp_ntxrings; 7634 } else if (mrp->mrp_ntxrings == 0) { 7635 /* 7636 * We have asked for a software group. 7637 */ 7638 return (NULL); 7639 } 7640 } 7641 defgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_TX_GROUP(mip); 7642 /* 7643 * The number of rings that the default group can donate. 7644 * We need to leave at least one ring - the default ring - in 7645 * this group. 7646 */ 7647 defnrings = defgrp->mrg_cur_count - 1; 7648 7649 /* 7650 * Primary gets default group unless explicitly told not 7651 * to (i.e. rings > 0). 7652 */ 7653 if (isprimary && !need_exclgrp) 7654 return (NULL); 7655 7656 nrings = (mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TX_RINGS) != 0 ? mrp->mrp_ntxrings : 1; 7657 for (i = 0; i < mip->mi_tx_group_count; i++) { 7658 grp = &mip->mi_tx_groups[i]; 7659 if ((grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) || 7660 (grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_UNINIT)) { 7661 /* 7662 * Select a candidate for replacement if we don't 7663 * get an exclusive group. A candidate group is one 7664 * that didn't ask for an exclusive group, but got 7665 * one and it has enough rings (combined with what 7666 * the default group can donate) for the new MAC 7667 * client. 7668 */ 7669 if (grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED && 7670 candidate_grp == NULL) { 7671 gclient = MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(grp); 7672 VERIFY3P(gclient, !=, NULL); 7673 gmrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(gclient); 7674 if (gclient->mci_share == 0 && 7675 (gmrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TX_RINGS) == 0 && 7676 (unspec || 7677 (grp->mrg_cur_count + defnrings) >= 7678 need_rings)) { 7679 candidate_grp = grp; 7680 } 7681 } 7682 continue; 7683 } 7684 /* 7685 * If the default can't donate let's just walk and 7686 * see if someone can vacate a group, so that we have 7687 * enough rings for this. 7688 */ 7689 if (mip->mi_tx_group_type != MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC || 7690 nrings <= defnrings) { 7691 if (grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED) { 7692 rv = mac_start_group(grp); 7693 ASSERT(rv == 0); 7694 } 7695 break; 7696 } 7697 } 7698 7699 /* The default group */ 7700 if (i >= mip->mi_tx_group_count) { 7701 /* 7702 * If we need an exclusive group and have identified a 7703 * candidate group we switch the MAC client from the 7704 * candidate group to the default group and give the 7705 * candidate group to this client. 7706 */ 7707 if (need_exclgrp && candidate_grp != NULL) { 7708 /* 7709 * Switch the MAC client from the candidate 7710 * group to the default group. We know the 7711 * candidate_grp came from a reserved group 7712 * and thus only has one client. 7713 */ 7714 grp = candidate_grp; 7715 gclient = MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(grp); 7716 VERIFY3P(gclient, !=, NULL); 7717 mac_tx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)gclient); 7718 mac_tx_switch_group(gclient, grp, defgrp); 7719 mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)gclient); 7720 7721 /* 7722 * Give the candidate group with the specified number 7723 * of rings to this MAC client. 7724 */ 7725 ASSERT(grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED); 7726 rv = mac_start_group(grp); 7727 ASSERT(rv == 0); 7728 7729 if (mip->mi_tx_group_type != MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) 7730 return (grp); 7731 7732 ASSERT(grp->mrg_cur_count == 0); 7733 ASSERT(defgrp->mrg_cur_count > need_rings); 7734 7735 err = i_mac_group_allocate_rings(mip, MAC_RING_TYPE_TX, 7736 defgrp, grp, share, need_rings); 7737 if (err == 0) { 7738 /* 7739 * For a share i_mac_group_allocate_rings gets 7740 * the rings from the driver, let's populate 7741 * the property for the client now. 7742 */ 7743 if (share != 0) { 7744 mac_client_set_rings( 7745 (mac_client_handle_t)mcip, -1, 7746 grp->mrg_cur_count); 7747 } 7748 mip->mi_tx_group_free--; 7749 return (grp); 7750 } 7751 DTRACE_PROBE3(tx__group__reserve__alloc__rings, char *, 7752 mip->mi_name, int, grp->mrg_index, int, err); 7753 mac_stop_group(grp); 7754 } 7755 return (NULL); 7756 } 7757 /* 7758 * We got an exclusive group, but it is not dynamic. 7759 */ 7760 if (mip->mi_tx_group_type != MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) { 7761 mip->mi_tx_group_free--; 7762 return (grp); 7763 } 7764 7765 rv = i_mac_group_allocate_rings(mip, MAC_RING_TYPE_TX, defgrp, grp, 7766 share, nrings); 7767 if (rv != 0) { 7768 DTRACE_PROBE3(tx__group__reserve__alloc__rings, 7769 char *, mip->mi_name, int, grp->mrg_index, int, rv); 7770 mac_stop_group(grp); 7771 return (NULL); 7772 } 7773 /* 7774 * For a share i_mac_group_allocate_rings gets the rings from the 7775 * driver, let's populate the property for the client now. 7776 */ 7777 if (share != 0) { 7778 mac_client_set_rings((mac_client_handle_t)mcip, -1, 7779 grp->mrg_cur_count); 7780 } 7781 mip->mi_tx_group_free--; 7782 return (grp); 7783 } 7784 7785 void 7786 mac_release_tx_group(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, mac_group_t *grp) 7787 { 7788 mac_impl_t *mip = mcip->mci_mip; 7789 mac_share_handle_t share = mcip->mci_share; 7790 mac_ring_t *ring; 7791 mac_soft_ring_set_t *srs = MCIP_TX_SRS(mcip); 7792 mac_group_t *defgrp; 7793 7794 defgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_TX_GROUP(mip); 7795 if (srs != NULL) { 7796 if (srs->srs_soft_ring_count > 0) { 7797 for (ring = grp->mrg_rings; ring != NULL; 7798 ring = ring->mr_next) { 7799 ASSERT(mac_tx_srs_ring_present(srs, ring)); 7800 mac_tx_invoke_callbacks(mcip, 7801 (mac_tx_cookie_t) 7802 mac_tx_srs_get_soft_ring(srs, ring)); 7803 mac_tx_srs_del_ring(srs, ring); 7804 } 7805 } else { 7806 ASSERT(srs->srs_tx.st_arg2 != NULL); 7807 srs->srs_tx.st_arg2 = NULL; 7808 mac_srs_stat_delete(srs); 7809 } 7810 } 7811 if (share != 0) 7812 mip->mi_share_capab.ms_sremove(share, grp->mrg_driver); 7813 7814 /* move the ring back to the pool */ 7815 if (mip->mi_tx_group_type == MAC_GROUP_TYPE_DYNAMIC) { 7816 while ((ring = grp->mrg_rings) != NULL) 7817 (void) mac_group_mov_ring(mip, defgrp, ring); 7818 } 7819 mac_stop_group(grp); 7820 mip->mi_tx_group_free++; 7821 } 7822 7823 /* 7824 * Disassociate a MAC client from a group, i.e go through the rings in the 7825 * group and delete all the soft rings tied to them. 7826 */ 7827 static void 7828 mac_tx_dismantle_soft_rings(mac_group_t *fgrp, flow_entry_t *flent) 7829 { 7830 mac_client_impl_t *mcip = flent->fe_mcip; 7831 mac_soft_ring_set_t *tx_srs; 7832 mac_srs_tx_t *tx; 7833 mac_ring_t *ring; 7834 7835 tx_srs = flent->fe_tx_srs; 7836 tx = &tx_srs->srs_tx; 7837 7838 /* Single ring case we haven't created any soft rings */ 7839 if (tx->st_mode == SRS_TX_BW || tx->st_mode == SRS_TX_SERIALIZE || 7840 tx->st_mode == SRS_TX_DEFAULT) { 7841 tx->st_arg2 = NULL; 7842 mac_srs_stat_delete(tx_srs); 7843 /* Fanout case, where we have to dismantle the soft rings */ 7844 } else { 7845 for (ring = fgrp->mrg_rings; ring != NULL; 7846 ring = ring->mr_next) { 7847 ASSERT(mac_tx_srs_ring_present(tx_srs, ring)); 7848 mac_tx_invoke_callbacks(mcip, 7849 (mac_tx_cookie_t)mac_tx_srs_get_soft_ring(tx_srs, 7850 ring)); 7851 mac_tx_srs_del_ring(tx_srs, ring); 7852 } 7853 ASSERT(tx->st_arg2 == NULL); 7854 } 7855 } 7856 7857 /* 7858 * Switch the MAC client from one group to another. This means we need 7859 * to remove the MAC client, teardown the SRSs and revert the group state. 7860 * Then, we add the client to the destination roup, set the SRSs etc. 7861 */ 7862 void 7863 mac_tx_switch_group(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, mac_group_t *fgrp, 7864 mac_group_t *tgrp) 7865 { 7866 mac_client_impl_t *group_only_mcip; 7867 mac_impl_t *mip = mcip->mci_mip; 7868 flow_entry_t *flent = mcip->mci_flent; 7869 mac_group_t *defgrp; 7870 mac_grp_client_t *mgcp; 7871 mac_client_impl_t *gmcip; 7872 flow_entry_t *gflent; 7873 7874 defgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_TX_GROUP(mip); 7875 ASSERT(fgrp == flent->fe_tx_ring_group); 7876 7877 if (fgrp == defgrp) { 7878 /* 7879 * If this is the primary we need to find any VLANs on 7880 * the primary and move them too. 7881 */ 7882 mac_group_remove_client(fgrp, mcip); 7883 mac_tx_dismantle_soft_rings(fgrp, flent); 7884 if (mac_check_macaddr_shared(mcip->mci_unicast)) { 7885 mgcp = fgrp->mrg_clients; 7886 while (mgcp != NULL) { 7887 gmcip = mgcp->mgc_client; 7888 mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next; 7889 if (mcip->mci_unicast != gmcip->mci_unicast) 7890 continue; 7891 mac_tx_client_quiesce( 7892 (mac_client_handle_t)gmcip); 7893 7894 gflent = gmcip->mci_flent; 7895 mac_group_remove_client(fgrp, gmcip); 7896 mac_tx_dismantle_soft_rings(fgrp, gflent); 7897 7898 mac_group_add_client(tgrp, gmcip); 7899 gflent->fe_tx_ring_group = tgrp; 7900 /* We could directly set this to SHARED */ 7901 tgrp->mrg_state = mac_group_next_state(tgrp, 7902 &group_only_mcip, defgrp, B_FALSE); 7903 7904 mac_tx_srs_group_setup(gmcip, gflent, 7905 SRST_LINK); 7906 mac_fanout_setup(gmcip, gflent, 7907 MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(gmcip), mac_rx_deliver, 7908 gmcip, NULL, NULL); 7909 7910 mac_tx_client_restart( 7911 (mac_client_handle_t)gmcip); 7912 } 7913 } 7914 if (MAC_GROUP_NO_CLIENT(fgrp)) { 7915 mac_ring_t *ring; 7916 int cnt; 7917 int ringcnt; 7918 7919 fgrp->mrg_state = MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED; 7920 /* 7921 * Additionally, we also need to stop all 7922 * the rings in the default group, except 7923 * the default ring. The reason being 7924 * this group won't be released since it is 7925 * the default group, so the rings won't 7926 * be stopped otherwise. 7927 */ 7928 ringcnt = fgrp->mrg_cur_count; 7929 ring = fgrp->mrg_rings; 7930 for (cnt = 0; cnt < ringcnt; cnt++) { 7931 if (ring->mr_state == MR_INUSE && 7932 ring != 7933 (mac_ring_t *)mip->mi_default_tx_ring) { 7934 mac_stop_ring(ring); 7935 ring->mr_flag = 0; 7936 } 7937 ring = ring->mr_next; 7938 } 7939 } else if (MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(fgrp) != NULL) { 7940 fgrp->mrg_state = MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED; 7941 } else { 7942 ASSERT(fgrp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_SHARED); 7943 } 7944 } else { 7945 /* 7946 * We could have VLANs sharing the non-default group with 7947 * the primary. 7948 */ 7949 mgcp = fgrp->mrg_clients; 7950 while (mgcp != NULL) { 7951 gmcip = mgcp->mgc_client; 7952 mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next; 7953 if (gmcip == mcip) 7954 continue; 7955 mac_tx_client_quiesce((mac_client_handle_t)gmcip); 7956 gflent = gmcip->mci_flent; 7957 7958 mac_group_remove_client(fgrp, gmcip); 7959 mac_tx_dismantle_soft_rings(fgrp, gflent); 7960 7961 mac_group_add_client(tgrp, gmcip); 7962 gflent->fe_tx_ring_group = tgrp; 7963 /* We could directly set this to SHARED */ 7964 tgrp->mrg_state = mac_group_next_state(tgrp, 7965 &group_only_mcip, defgrp, B_FALSE); 7966 mac_tx_srs_group_setup(gmcip, gflent, SRST_LINK); 7967 mac_fanout_setup(gmcip, gflent, 7968 MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(gmcip), mac_rx_deliver, 7969 gmcip, NULL, NULL); 7970 7971 mac_tx_client_restart((mac_client_handle_t)gmcip); 7972 } 7973 mac_group_remove_client(fgrp, mcip); 7974 mac_release_tx_group(mcip, fgrp); 7975 fgrp->mrg_state = MAC_GROUP_STATE_REGISTERED; 7976 } 7977 7978 /* Add it to the tgroup */ 7979 mac_group_add_client(tgrp, mcip); 7980 flent->fe_tx_ring_group = tgrp; 7981 tgrp->mrg_state = mac_group_next_state(tgrp, &group_only_mcip, 7982 defgrp, B_FALSE); 7983 7984 mac_tx_srs_group_setup(mcip, flent, SRST_LINK); 7985 mac_fanout_setup(mcip, flent, MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip), 7986 mac_rx_deliver, mcip, NULL, NULL); 7987 } 7988 7989 /* 7990 * This is a 1-time control path activity initiated by the client (IP). 7991 * The mac perimeter protects against other simultaneous control activities, 7992 * for example an ioctl that attempts to change the degree of fanout and 7993 * increase or decrease the number of softrings associated with this Tx SRS. 7994 */ 7995 static mac_tx_notify_cb_t * 7996 mac_client_tx_notify_add(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, 7997 mac_tx_notify_t notify, void *arg) 7998 { 7999 mac_cb_info_t *mcbi; 8000 mac_tx_notify_cb_t *mtnfp; 8001 8002 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mcip->mci_mip)); 8003 8004 mtnfp = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (mac_tx_notify_cb_t), KM_SLEEP); 8005 mtnfp->mtnf_fn = notify; 8006 mtnfp->mtnf_arg = arg; 8007 mtnfp->mtnf_link.mcb_objp = mtnfp; 8008 mtnfp->mtnf_link.mcb_objsize = sizeof (mac_tx_notify_cb_t); 8009 mtnfp->mtnf_link.mcb_flags = MCB_TX_NOTIFY_CB_T; 8010 8011 mcbi = &mcip->mci_tx_notify_cb_info; 8012 mutex_enter(mcbi->mcbi_lockp); 8013 mac_callback_add(mcbi, &mcip->mci_tx_notify_cb_list, &mtnfp->mtnf_link); 8014 mutex_exit(mcbi->mcbi_lockp); 8015 return (mtnfp); 8016 } 8017 8018 static void 8019 mac_client_tx_notify_remove(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, mac_tx_notify_cb_t *mtnfp) 8020 { 8021 mac_cb_info_t *mcbi; 8022 mac_cb_t **cblist; 8023 8024 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD((mac_handle_t)mcip->mci_mip)); 8025 8026 if (!mac_callback_find(&mcip->mci_tx_notify_cb_info, 8027 &mcip->mci_tx_notify_cb_list, &mtnfp->mtnf_link)) { 8028 cmn_err(CE_WARN, 8029 "mac_client_tx_notify_remove: callback not " 8030 "found, mcip 0x%p mtnfp 0x%p", (void *)mcip, (void *)mtnfp); 8031 return; 8032 } 8033 8034 mcbi = &mcip->mci_tx_notify_cb_info; 8035 cblist = &mcip->mci_tx_notify_cb_list; 8036 mutex_enter(mcbi->mcbi_lockp); 8037 if (mac_callback_remove(mcbi, cblist, &mtnfp->mtnf_link)) 8038 kmem_free(mtnfp, sizeof (mac_tx_notify_cb_t)); 8039 else 8040 mac_callback_remove_wait(&mcip->mci_tx_notify_cb_info); 8041 mutex_exit(mcbi->mcbi_lockp); 8042 } 8043 8044 /* 8045 * mac_client_tx_notify(): 8046 * call to add and remove flow control callback routine. 8047 */ 8048 mac_tx_notify_handle_t 8049 mac_client_tx_notify(mac_client_handle_t mch, mac_tx_notify_t callb_func, 8050 void *ptr) 8051 { 8052 mac_client_impl_t *mcip = (mac_client_impl_t *)mch; 8053 mac_tx_notify_cb_t *mtnfp = NULL; 8054 8055 i_mac_perim_enter(mcip->mci_mip); 8056 8057 if (callb_func != NULL) { 8058 /* Add a notify callback */ 8059 mtnfp = mac_client_tx_notify_add(mcip, callb_func, ptr); 8060 } else { 8061 mac_client_tx_notify_remove(mcip, (mac_tx_notify_cb_t *)ptr); 8062 } 8063 i_mac_perim_exit(mcip->mci_mip); 8064 8065 return ((mac_tx_notify_handle_t)mtnfp); 8066 } 8067 8068 void 8069 mac_bridge_vectors(mac_bridge_tx_t txf, mac_bridge_rx_t rxf, 8070 mac_bridge_ref_t reff, mac_bridge_ls_t lsf) 8071 { 8072 mac_bridge_tx_cb = txf; 8073 mac_bridge_rx_cb = rxf; 8074 mac_bridge_ref_cb = reff; 8075 mac_bridge_ls_cb = lsf; 8076 } 8077 8078 int 8079 mac_bridge_set(mac_handle_t mh, mac_handle_t link) 8080 { 8081 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 8082 int retv; 8083 8084 mutex_enter(&mip->mi_bridge_lock); 8085 if (mip->mi_bridge_link == NULL) { 8086 mip->mi_bridge_link = link; 8087 retv = 0; 8088 } else { 8089 retv = EBUSY; 8090 } 8091 mutex_exit(&mip->mi_bridge_lock); 8092 if (retv == 0) { 8093 mac_poll_state_change(mh, B_FALSE); 8094 mac_capab_update(mh); 8095 } 8096 return (retv); 8097 } 8098 8099 /* 8100 * Disable bridging on the indicated link. 8101 */ 8102 void 8103 mac_bridge_clear(mac_handle_t mh, mac_handle_t link) 8104 { 8105 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 8106 8107 mutex_enter(&mip->mi_bridge_lock); 8108 ASSERT(mip->mi_bridge_link == link); 8109 mip->mi_bridge_link = NULL; 8110 mutex_exit(&mip->mi_bridge_lock); 8111 mac_poll_state_change(mh, B_TRUE); 8112 mac_capab_update(mh); 8113 } 8114 8115 void 8116 mac_no_active(mac_handle_t mh) 8117 { 8118 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 8119 8120 i_mac_perim_enter(mip); 8121 mip->mi_state_flags |= MIS_NO_ACTIVE; 8122 i_mac_perim_exit(mip); 8123 } 8124 8125 /* 8126 * Walk the primary VLAN clients whenever the primary's rings property 8127 * changes and update the mac_resource_props_t for the VLAN's client. 8128 * We need to do this since we don't support setting these properties 8129 * on the primary's VLAN clients, but the VLAN clients have to 8130 * follow the primary w.r.t the rings property. 8131 */ 8132 void 8133 mac_set_prim_vlan_rings(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_resource_props_t *mrp) 8134 { 8135 mac_client_impl_t *vmcip; 8136 mac_resource_props_t *vmrp; 8137 8138 for (vmcip = mip->mi_clients_list; vmcip != NULL; 8139 vmcip = vmcip->mci_client_next) { 8140 if (!(vmcip->mci_flent->fe_type & FLOW_PRIMARY_MAC) || 8141 mac_client_vid((mac_client_handle_t)vmcip) == 8142 VLAN_ID_NONE) { 8143 continue; 8144 } 8145 vmrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(vmcip); 8146 8147 vmrp->mrp_nrxrings = mrp->mrp_nrxrings; 8148 if (mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RX_RINGS) 8149 vmrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_RX_RINGS; 8150 else if (vmrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RX_RINGS) 8151 vmrp->mrp_mask &= ~MRP_RX_RINGS; 8152 8153 vmrp->mrp_ntxrings = mrp->mrp_ntxrings; 8154 if (mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TX_RINGS) 8155 vmrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_TX_RINGS; 8156 else if (vmrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TX_RINGS) 8157 vmrp->mrp_mask &= ~MRP_TX_RINGS; 8158 8159 if (mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RXRINGS_UNSPEC) 8160 vmrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_RXRINGS_UNSPEC; 8161 else 8162 vmrp->mrp_mask &= ~MRP_RXRINGS_UNSPEC; 8163 8164 if (mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TXRINGS_UNSPEC) 8165 vmrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_TXRINGS_UNSPEC; 8166 else 8167 vmrp->mrp_mask &= ~MRP_TXRINGS_UNSPEC; 8168 } 8169 } 8170 8171 /* 8172 * We are adding or removing ring(s) from a group. The source for taking 8173 * rings is the default group. The destination for giving rings back is 8174 * the default group. 8175 */ 8176 int 8177 mac_group_ring_modify(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, mac_group_t *group, 8178 mac_group_t *defgrp) 8179 { 8180 mac_resource_props_t *mrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip); 8181 uint_t modify; 8182 int count; 8183 mac_ring_t *ring; 8184 mac_ring_t *next; 8185 mac_impl_t *mip = mcip->mci_mip; 8186 mac_ring_t **rings; 8187 uint_t ringcnt; 8188 int i = 0; 8189 boolean_t rx_group = group->mrg_type == MAC_RING_TYPE_RX; 8190 int start; 8191 int end; 8192 mac_group_t *tgrp; 8193 int j; 8194 int rv = 0; 8195 8196 /* 8197 * If we are asked for just a group, we give 1 ring, else 8198 * the specified number of rings. 8199 */ 8200 if (rx_group) { 8201 ringcnt = (mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RXRINGS_UNSPEC) ? 1: 8202 mrp->mrp_nrxrings; 8203 } else { 8204 ringcnt = (mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TXRINGS_UNSPEC) ? 1: 8205 mrp->mrp_ntxrings; 8206 } 8207 8208 /* don't allow modifying rings for a share for now. */ 8209 ASSERT(mcip->mci_share == 0); 8210 8211 if (ringcnt == group->mrg_cur_count) 8212 return (0); 8213 8214 if (group->mrg_cur_count > ringcnt) { 8215 modify = group->mrg_cur_count - ringcnt; 8216 if (rx_group) { 8217 if (mip->mi_rx_donor_grp == group) { 8218 ASSERT(mac_is_primary_client(mcip)); 8219 mip->mi_rx_donor_grp = defgrp; 8220 } else { 8221 defgrp = mip->mi_rx_donor_grp; 8222 } 8223 } 8224 ring = group->mrg_rings; 8225 rings = kmem_alloc(modify * sizeof (mac_ring_handle_t), 8226 KM_SLEEP); 8227 j = 0; 8228 for (count = 0; count < modify; count++) { 8229 next = ring->mr_next; 8230 rv = mac_group_mov_ring(mip, defgrp, ring); 8231 if (rv != 0) { 8232 /* cleanup on failure */ 8233 for (j = 0; j < count; j++) { 8234 (void) mac_group_mov_ring(mip, group, 8235 rings[j]); 8236 } 8237 break; 8238 } 8239 rings[j++] = ring; 8240 ring = next; 8241 } 8242 kmem_free(rings, modify * sizeof (mac_ring_handle_t)); 8243 return (rv); 8244 } 8245 if (ringcnt >= MAX_RINGS_PER_GROUP) 8246 return (EINVAL); 8247 8248 modify = ringcnt - group->mrg_cur_count; 8249 8250 if (rx_group) { 8251 if (group != mip->mi_rx_donor_grp) 8252 defgrp = mip->mi_rx_donor_grp; 8253 else 8254 /* 8255 * This is the donor group with all the remaining 8256 * rings. Default group now gets to be the donor 8257 */ 8258 mip->mi_rx_donor_grp = defgrp; 8259 start = 1; 8260 end = mip->mi_rx_group_count; 8261 } else { 8262 start = 0; 8263 end = mip->mi_tx_group_count - 1; 8264 } 8265 /* 8266 * If the default doesn't have any rings, lets see if we can 8267 * take rings given to an h/w client that doesn't need it. 8268 * For now, we just see if there is any one client that can donate 8269 * all the required rings. 8270 */ 8271 if (defgrp->mrg_cur_count < (modify + 1)) { 8272 for (i = start; i < end; i++) { 8273 if (rx_group) { 8274 tgrp = &mip->mi_rx_groups[i]; 8275 if (tgrp == group || tgrp->mrg_state < 8276 MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) { 8277 continue; 8278 } 8279 if (i_mac_clients_hw(tgrp, MRP_RX_RINGS)) 8280 continue; 8281 mcip = tgrp->mrg_clients->mgc_client; 8282 VERIFY3P(mcip, !=, NULL); 8283 if ((tgrp->mrg_cur_count + 8284 defgrp->mrg_cur_count) < (modify + 1)) { 8285 continue; 8286 } 8287 if (mac_rx_switch_group(mcip, tgrp, 8288 defgrp) != 0) { 8289 return (ENOSPC); 8290 } 8291 } else { 8292 tgrp = &mip->mi_tx_groups[i]; 8293 if (tgrp == group || tgrp->mrg_state < 8294 MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) { 8295 continue; 8296 } 8297 if (i_mac_clients_hw(tgrp, MRP_TX_RINGS)) 8298 continue; 8299 mcip = tgrp->mrg_clients->mgc_client; 8300 VERIFY3P(mcip, !=, NULL); 8301 if ((tgrp->mrg_cur_count + 8302 defgrp->mrg_cur_count) < (modify + 1)) { 8303 continue; 8304 } 8305 /* OK, we can switch this to s/w */ 8306 mac_tx_client_quiesce( 8307 (mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 8308 mac_tx_switch_group(mcip, tgrp, defgrp); 8309 mac_tx_client_restart( 8310 (mac_client_handle_t)mcip); 8311 } 8312 } 8313 if (defgrp->mrg_cur_count < (modify + 1)) 8314 return (ENOSPC); 8315 } 8316 if ((rv = i_mac_group_allocate_rings(mip, group->mrg_type, defgrp, 8317 group, mcip->mci_share, modify)) != 0) { 8318 return (rv); 8319 } 8320 return (0); 8321 } 8322 8323 /* 8324 * Given the poolname in mac_resource_props, find the cpupart 8325 * that is associated with this pool. The cpupart will be used 8326 * later for finding the cpus to be bound to the networking threads. 8327 * 8328 * use_default is set B_TRUE if pools are enabled and pool_default 8329 * is returned. This avoids a 2nd lookup to set the poolname 8330 * for pool-effective. 8331 * 8332 * returns: 8333 * 8334 * NULL - pools are disabled or if the 'cpus' property is set. 8335 * cpupart of pool_default - pools are enabled and the pool 8336 * is not available or poolname is blank 8337 * cpupart of named pool - pools are enabled and the pool 8338 * is available. 8339 */ 8340 cpupart_t * 8341 mac_pset_find(mac_resource_props_t *mrp, boolean_t *use_default) 8342 { 8343 pool_t *pool; 8344 cpupart_t *cpupart; 8345 8346 *use_default = B_FALSE; 8347 8348 /* CPUs property is set */ 8349 if (mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_CPUS) 8350 return (NULL); 8351 8352 ASSERT(pool_lock_held()); 8353 8354 /* Pools are disabled, no pset */ 8355 if (pool_state == POOL_DISABLED) 8356 return (NULL); 8357 8358 /* Pools property is set */ 8359 if (mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_POOL) { 8360 if ((pool = pool_lookup_pool_by_name(mrp->mrp_pool)) == NULL) { 8361 /* Pool not found */ 8362 DTRACE_PROBE1(mac_pset_find_no_pool, char *, 8363 mrp->mrp_pool); 8364 *use_default = B_TRUE; 8365 pool = pool_default; 8366 } 8367 /* Pools property is not set */ 8368 } else { 8369 *use_default = B_TRUE; 8370 pool = pool_default; 8371 } 8372 8373 /* Find the CPU pset that corresponds to the pool */ 8374 mutex_enter(&cpu_lock); 8375 if ((cpupart = cpupart_find(pool->pool_pset->pset_id)) == NULL) { 8376 DTRACE_PROBE1(mac_find_pset_no_pset, psetid_t, 8377 pool->pool_pset->pset_id); 8378 } 8379 mutex_exit(&cpu_lock); 8380 8381 return (cpupart); 8382 } 8383 8384 void 8385 mac_set_pool_effective(boolean_t use_default, cpupart_t *cpupart, 8386 mac_resource_props_t *mrp, mac_resource_props_t *emrp) 8387 { 8388 ASSERT(pool_lock_held()); 8389 8390 if (cpupart != NULL) { 8391 emrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_POOL; 8392 if (use_default) { 8393 (void) strcpy(emrp->mrp_pool, 8394 "pool_default"); 8395 } else { 8396 ASSERT(strlen(mrp->mrp_pool) != 0); 8397 (void) strcpy(emrp->mrp_pool, 8398 mrp->mrp_pool); 8399 } 8400 } else { 8401 emrp->mrp_mask &= ~MRP_POOL; 8402 bzero(emrp->mrp_pool, MAXPATHLEN); 8403 } 8404 } 8405 8406 struct mac_pool_arg { 8407 char mpa_poolname[MAXPATHLEN]; 8408 pool_event_t mpa_what; 8409 }; 8410 8411 /*ARGSUSED*/ 8412 static uint_t 8413 mac_pool_link_update(mod_hash_key_t key, mod_hash_val_t *val, void *arg) 8414 { 8415 struct mac_pool_arg *mpa = arg; 8416 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)val; 8417 mac_client_impl_t *mcip; 8418 mac_resource_props_t *mrp, *emrp; 8419 boolean_t pool_update = B_FALSE; 8420 boolean_t pool_clear = B_FALSE; 8421 boolean_t use_default = B_FALSE; 8422 cpupart_t *cpupart = NULL; 8423 8424 mrp = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (*mrp), KM_SLEEP); 8425 i_mac_perim_enter(mip); 8426 for (mcip = mip->mi_clients_list; mcip != NULL; 8427 mcip = mcip->mci_client_next) { 8428 pool_update = B_FALSE; 8429 pool_clear = B_FALSE; 8430 use_default = B_FALSE; 8431 mac_client_get_resources((mac_client_handle_t)mcip, mrp); 8432 emrp = MCIP_EFFECTIVE_PROPS(mcip); 8433 8434 /* 8435 * When pools are enabled 8436 */ 8437 if ((mpa->mpa_what == POOL_E_ENABLE) && 8438 ((mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_CPUS) == 0)) { 8439 mrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_POOL; 8440 pool_update = B_TRUE; 8441 } 8442 8443 /* 8444 * When pools are disabled 8445 */ 8446 if ((mpa->mpa_what == POOL_E_DISABLE) && 8447 ((mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_CPUS) == 0)) { 8448 mrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_POOL; 8449 pool_clear = B_TRUE; 8450 } 8451 8452 /* 8453 * Look for links with the pool property set and the poolname 8454 * matching the one which is changing. 8455 */ 8456 if (strcmp(mrp->mrp_pool, mpa->mpa_poolname) == 0) { 8457 /* 8458 * The pool associated with the link has changed. 8459 */ 8460 if (mpa->mpa_what == POOL_E_CHANGE) { 8461 mrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_POOL; 8462 pool_update = B_TRUE; 8463 } 8464 } 8465 8466 /* 8467 * This link is associated with pool_default and 8468 * pool_default has changed. 8469 */ 8470 if ((mpa->mpa_what == POOL_E_CHANGE) && 8471 (strcmp(emrp->mrp_pool, "pool_default") == 0) && 8472 (strcmp(mpa->mpa_poolname, "pool_default") == 0)) { 8473 mrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_POOL; 8474 pool_update = B_TRUE; 8475 } 8476 8477 /* 8478 * Get new list of cpus for the pool, bind network 8479 * threads to new list of cpus and update resources. 8480 */ 8481 if (pool_update) { 8482 if (MCIP_DATAPATH_SETUP(mcip)) { 8483 pool_lock(); 8484 cpupart = mac_pset_find(mrp, &use_default); 8485 mac_fanout_setup(mcip, mcip->mci_flent, mrp, 8486 mac_rx_deliver, mcip, NULL, cpupart); 8487 mac_set_pool_effective(use_default, cpupart, 8488 mrp, emrp); 8489 pool_unlock(); 8490 } 8491 mac_update_resources(mrp, MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip), 8492 B_FALSE); 8493 } 8494 8495 /* 8496 * Clear the effective pool and bind network threads 8497 * to any available CPU. 8498 */ 8499 if (pool_clear) { 8500 if (MCIP_DATAPATH_SETUP(mcip)) { 8501 emrp->mrp_mask &= ~MRP_POOL; 8502 bzero(emrp->mrp_pool, MAXPATHLEN); 8503 mac_fanout_setup(mcip, mcip->mci_flent, mrp, 8504 mac_rx_deliver, mcip, NULL, NULL); 8505 } 8506 mac_update_resources(mrp, MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip), 8507 B_FALSE); 8508 } 8509 } 8510 i_mac_perim_exit(mip); 8511 kmem_free(mrp, sizeof (*mrp)); 8512 return (MH_WALK_CONTINUE); 8513 } 8514 8515 static void 8516 mac_pool_update(void *arg) 8517 { 8518 mod_hash_walk(i_mac_impl_hash, mac_pool_link_update, arg); 8519 kmem_free(arg, sizeof (struct mac_pool_arg)); 8520 } 8521 8522 /* 8523 * Callback function to be executed when a noteworthy pool event 8524 * takes place. 8525 */ 8526 /* ARGSUSED */ 8527 static void 8528 mac_pool_event_cb(pool_event_t what, poolid_t id, void *arg) 8529 { 8530 pool_t *pool; 8531 char *poolname = NULL; 8532 struct mac_pool_arg *mpa; 8533 8534 pool_lock(); 8535 mpa = kmem_zalloc(sizeof (struct mac_pool_arg), KM_SLEEP); 8536 8537 switch (what) { 8538 case POOL_E_ENABLE: 8539 case POOL_E_DISABLE: 8540 break; 8541 8542 case POOL_E_CHANGE: 8543 pool = pool_lookup_pool_by_id(id); 8544 if (pool == NULL) { 8545 kmem_free(mpa, sizeof (struct mac_pool_arg)); 8546 pool_unlock(); 8547 return; 8548 } 8549 pool_get_name(pool, &poolname); 8550 (void) strlcpy(mpa->mpa_poolname, poolname, 8551 sizeof (mpa->mpa_poolname)); 8552 break; 8553 8554 default: 8555 kmem_free(mpa, sizeof (struct mac_pool_arg)); 8556 pool_unlock(); 8557 return; 8558 } 8559 pool_unlock(); 8560 8561 mpa->mpa_what = what; 8562 8563 mac_pool_update(mpa); 8564 } 8565 8566 /* 8567 * Set effective rings property. This could be called from datapath_setup/ 8568 * datapath_teardown or set-linkprop. 8569 * If the group is reserved we just go ahead and set the effective rings. 8570 * Additionally, for TX this could mean the default group has lost/gained 8571 * some rings, so if the default group is reserved, we need to adjust the 8572 * effective rings for the default group clients. For RX, if we are working 8573 * with the non-default group, we just need to reset the effective props 8574 * for the default group clients. 8575 */ 8576 void 8577 mac_set_rings_effective(mac_client_impl_t *mcip) 8578 { 8579 mac_impl_t *mip = mcip->mci_mip; 8580 mac_group_t *grp; 8581 mac_group_t *defgrp; 8582 flow_entry_t *flent = mcip->mci_flent; 8583 mac_resource_props_t *emrp = MCIP_EFFECTIVE_PROPS(mcip); 8584 mac_grp_client_t *mgcp; 8585 mac_client_impl_t *gmcip; 8586 8587 grp = flent->fe_rx_ring_group; 8588 if (grp != NULL) { 8589 defgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip); 8590 /* 8591 * If we have reserved a group, set the effective rings 8592 * to the ring count in the group. 8593 */ 8594 if (grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) { 8595 emrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_RX_RINGS; 8596 emrp->mrp_nrxrings = grp->mrg_cur_count; 8597 } 8598 8599 /* 8600 * We go through the clients in the shared group and 8601 * reset the effective properties. It is possible this 8602 * might have already been done for some client (i.e. 8603 * if some client is being moved to a group that is 8604 * already shared). The case where the default group is 8605 * RESERVED is taken care of above (note in the RX side if 8606 * there is a non-default group, the default group is always 8607 * SHARED). 8608 */ 8609 if (grp != defgrp || grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_SHARED) { 8610 if (grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_SHARED) 8611 mgcp = grp->mrg_clients; 8612 else 8613 mgcp = defgrp->mrg_clients; 8614 while (mgcp != NULL) { 8615 gmcip = mgcp->mgc_client; 8616 emrp = MCIP_EFFECTIVE_PROPS(gmcip); 8617 if (emrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RX_RINGS) { 8618 emrp->mrp_mask &= ~MRP_RX_RINGS; 8619 emrp->mrp_nrxrings = 0; 8620 } 8621 mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next; 8622 } 8623 } 8624 } 8625 8626 /* Now the TX side */ 8627 grp = flent->fe_tx_ring_group; 8628 if (grp != NULL) { 8629 defgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_TX_GROUP(mip); 8630 8631 if (grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) { 8632 emrp->mrp_mask |= MRP_TX_RINGS; 8633 emrp->mrp_ntxrings = grp->mrg_cur_count; 8634 } else if (grp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_SHARED) { 8635 mgcp = grp->mrg_clients; 8636 while (mgcp != NULL) { 8637 gmcip = mgcp->mgc_client; 8638 emrp = MCIP_EFFECTIVE_PROPS(gmcip); 8639 if (emrp->mrp_mask & MRP_TX_RINGS) { 8640 emrp->mrp_mask &= ~MRP_TX_RINGS; 8641 emrp->mrp_ntxrings = 0; 8642 } 8643 mgcp = mgcp->mgc_next; 8644 } 8645 } 8646 8647 /* 8648 * If the group is not the default group and the default 8649 * group is reserved, the ring count in the default group 8650 * might have changed, update it. 8651 */ 8652 if (grp != defgrp && 8653 defgrp->mrg_state == MAC_GROUP_STATE_RESERVED) { 8654 gmcip = MAC_GROUP_ONLY_CLIENT(defgrp); 8655 emrp = MCIP_EFFECTIVE_PROPS(gmcip); 8656 emrp->mrp_ntxrings = defgrp->mrg_cur_count; 8657 } 8658 } 8659 emrp = MCIP_EFFECTIVE_PROPS(mcip); 8660 } 8661 8662 /* 8663 * Check if the primary is in the default group. If so, see if we 8664 * can give it a an exclusive group now that another client is 8665 * being configured. We take the primary out of the default group 8666 * because the multicast/broadcast packets for the all the clients 8667 * will land in the default ring in the default group which means 8668 * any client in the default group, even if it is the only on in 8669 * the group, will lose exclusive access to the rings, hence 8670 * polling. 8671 */ 8672 mac_client_impl_t * 8673 mac_check_primary_relocation(mac_client_impl_t *mcip, boolean_t rxhw) 8674 { 8675 mac_impl_t *mip = mcip->mci_mip; 8676 mac_group_t *defgrp = MAC_DEFAULT_RX_GROUP(mip); 8677 flow_entry_t *flent = mcip->mci_flent; 8678 mac_resource_props_t *mrp = MCIP_RESOURCE_PROPS(mcip); 8679 uint8_t *mac_addr; 8680 mac_group_t *ngrp; 8681 8682 /* 8683 * Check if the primary is in the default group, if not 8684 * or if it is explicitly configured to be in the default 8685 * group OR set the RX rings property, return. 8686 */ 8687 if (flent->fe_rx_ring_group != defgrp || mrp->mrp_mask & MRP_RX_RINGS) 8688 return (NULL); 8689 8690 /* 8691 * If the new client needs an exclusive group and we 8692 * don't have another for the primary, return. 8693 */ 8694 if (rxhw && mip->mi_rxhwclnt_avail < 2) 8695 return (NULL); 8696 8697 mac_addr = flent->fe_flow_desc.fd_dst_mac; 8698 /* 8699 * We call this when we are setting up the datapath for 8700 * the first non-primary. 8701 */ 8702 ASSERT(mip->mi_nactiveclients == 2); 8703 8704 /* 8705 * OK, now we have the primary that needs to be relocated. 8706 */ 8707 ngrp = mac_reserve_rx_group(mcip, mac_addr, B_TRUE); 8708 if (ngrp == NULL) 8709 return (NULL); 8710 if (mac_rx_switch_group(mcip, defgrp, ngrp) != 0) { 8711 mac_stop_group(ngrp); 8712 return (NULL); 8713 } 8714 return (mcip); 8715 } 8716 8717 void 8718 mac_transceiver_init(mac_impl_t *mip) 8719 { 8720 if (mac_capab_get((mac_handle_t)mip, MAC_CAPAB_TRANSCEIVER, 8721 &mip->mi_transceiver)) { 8722 /* 8723 * The driver set a flag that we don't know about. In this case, 8724 * we need to warn about that case and ignore this capability. 8725 */ 8726 if (mip->mi_transceiver.mct_flags != 0) { 8727 dev_err(mip->mi_dip, CE_WARN, "driver set transceiver " 8728 "flags to invalid value: 0x%x, ignoring " 8729 "capability", mip->mi_transceiver.mct_flags); 8730 bzero(&mip->mi_transceiver, 8731 sizeof (mac_capab_transceiver_t)); 8732 } 8733 } else { 8734 bzero(&mip->mi_transceiver, 8735 sizeof (mac_capab_transceiver_t)); 8736 } 8737 } 8738 8739 int 8740 mac_transceiver_count(mac_handle_t mh, uint_t *countp) 8741 { 8742 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 8743 8744 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD(mh)); 8745 8746 if (mip->mi_transceiver.mct_ntransceivers == 0) 8747 return (ENOTSUP); 8748 8749 *countp = mip->mi_transceiver.mct_ntransceivers; 8750 return (0); 8751 } 8752 8753 int 8754 mac_transceiver_info(mac_handle_t mh, uint_t tranid, boolean_t *present, 8755 boolean_t *usable) 8756 { 8757 int ret; 8758 mac_transceiver_info_t info; 8759 8760 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 8761 8762 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD(mh)); 8763 8764 if (mip->mi_transceiver.mct_info == NULL || 8765 mip->mi_transceiver.mct_ntransceivers == 0) 8766 return (ENOTSUP); 8767 8768 if (tranid >= mip->mi_transceiver.mct_ntransceivers) 8769 return (EINVAL); 8770 8771 bzero(&info, sizeof (mac_transceiver_info_t)); 8772 if ((ret = mip->mi_transceiver.mct_info(mip->mi_driver, tranid, 8773 &info)) != 0) { 8774 return (ret); 8775 } 8776 8777 *present = info.mti_present; 8778 *usable = info.mti_usable; 8779 return (0); 8780 } 8781 8782 int 8783 mac_transceiver_read(mac_handle_t mh, uint_t tranid, uint_t page, void *buf, 8784 size_t nbytes, off_t offset, size_t *nread) 8785 { 8786 int ret; 8787 size_t nr; 8788 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 8789 8790 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD(mh)); 8791 8792 if (mip->mi_transceiver.mct_read == NULL) 8793 return (ENOTSUP); 8794 8795 if (tranid >= mip->mi_transceiver.mct_ntransceivers) 8796 return (EINVAL); 8797 8798 /* 8799 * All supported pages today are 256 bytes wide. Make sure offset + 8800 * nbytes never exceeds that. 8801 */ 8802 if (offset < 0 || offset >= 256 || nbytes > 256 || 8803 offset + nbytes > 256) 8804 return (EINVAL); 8805 8806 if (nread == NULL) 8807 nread = &nr; 8808 ret = mip->mi_transceiver.mct_read(mip->mi_driver, tranid, page, buf, 8809 nbytes, offset, nread); 8810 if (ret == 0 && *nread > nbytes) { 8811 dev_err(mip->mi_dip, CE_PANIC, "driver wrote %lu bytes into " 8812 "%lu byte sized buffer, possible memory corruption", 8813 *nread, nbytes); 8814 } 8815 8816 return (ret); 8817 } 8818 8819 void 8820 mac_led_init(mac_impl_t *mip) 8821 { 8822 mip->mi_led_modes = MAC_LED_DEFAULT; 8823 8824 if (!mac_capab_get((mac_handle_t)mip, MAC_CAPAB_LED, &mip->mi_led)) { 8825 bzero(&mip->mi_led, sizeof (mac_capab_led_t)); 8826 return; 8827 } 8828 8829 if (mip->mi_led.mcl_flags != 0) { 8830 dev_err(mip->mi_dip, CE_WARN, "driver set led capability " 8831 "flags to invalid value: 0x%x, ignoring " 8832 "capability", mip->mi_transceiver.mct_flags); 8833 bzero(&mip->mi_led, sizeof (mac_capab_led_t)); 8834 return; 8835 } 8836 8837 if ((mip->mi_led.mcl_modes & ~MAC_LED_ALL) != 0) { 8838 dev_err(mip->mi_dip, CE_WARN, "driver set led capability " 8839 "supported modes to invalid value: 0x%x, ignoring " 8840 "capability", mip->mi_transceiver.mct_flags); 8841 bzero(&mip->mi_led, sizeof (mac_capab_led_t)); 8842 return; 8843 } 8844 } 8845 8846 int 8847 mac_led_get(mac_handle_t mh, mac_led_mode_t *supported, mac_led_mode_t *active) 8848 { 8849 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 8850 8851 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD(mh)); 8852 8853 if (mip->mi_led.mcl_set == NULL) 8854 return (ENOTSUP); 8855 8856 *supported = mip->mi_led.mcl_modes; 8857 *active = mip->mi_led_modes; 8858 8859 return (0); 8860 } 8861 8862 /* 8863 * Update and multiplex the various LED requests. We only ever send one LED to 8864 * the underlying driver at a time. As such, we end up multiplexing all 8865 * requested states and picking one to send down to the driver. 8866 */ 8867 int 8868 mac_led_set(mac_handle_t mh, mac_led_mode_t desired) 8869 { 8870 int ret; 8871 mac_led_mode_t driver; 8872 8873 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 8874 8875 ASSERT(MAC_PERIM_HELD(mh)); 8876 8877 /* 8878 * If we've been passed a desired value of zero, that indicates that 8879 * we're basically resetting to the value of zero, which is our default 8880 * value. 8881 */ 8882 if (desired == 0) 8883 desired = MAC_LED_DEFAULT; 8884 8885 if (mip->mi_led.mcl_set == NULL) 8886 return (ENOTSUP); 8887 8888 /* 8889 * Catch both values that we don't know about and those that the driver 8890 * doesn't support. 8891 */ 8892 if ((desired & ~MAC_LED_ALL) != 0) 8893 return (EINVAL); 8894 8895 if ((desired & ~mip->mi_led.mcl_modes) != 0) 8896 return (ENOTSUP); 8897 8898 /* 8899 * If we have the same value, then there is nothing to do. 8900 */ 8901 if (desired == mip->mi_led_modes) 8902 return (0); 8903 8904 /* 8905 * Based on the desired value, determine what to send to the driver. We 8906 * only will send a single bit to the driver at any given time. IDENT 8907 * takes priority over OFF or ON. We also let OFF take priority over the 8908 * rest. 8909 */ 8910 if (desired & MAC_LED_IDENT) { 8911 driver = MAC_LED_IDENT; 8912 } else if (desired & MAC_LED_OFF) { 8913 driver = MAC_LED_OFF; 8914 } else if (desired & MAC_LED_ON) { 8915 driver = MAC_LED_ON; 8916 } else { 8917 driver = MAC_LED_DEFAULT; 8918 } 8919 8920 if ((ret = mip->mi_led.mcl_set(mip->mi_driver, driver, 0)) == 0) { 8921 mip->mi_led_modes = desired; 8922 } 8923 8924 return (ret); 8925 } 8926 8927 /* 8928 * Send packets through the Tx ring ('mrh') or through the default 8929 * handler if no ring is specified. Before passing the packet down to 8930 * the MAC provider, emulate any hardware offloads which have been 8931 * requested but are not supported by the provider. 8932 */ 8933 mblk_t * 8934 mac_ring_tx(mac_handle_t mh, mac_ring_handle_t mrh, mblk_t *mp) 8935 { 8936 mac_impl_t *mip = (mac_impl_t *)mh; 8937 8938 if (mrh == NULL) 8939 mrh = mip->mi_default_tx_ring; 8940 8941 if (mrh == NULL) 8942 return (mip->mi_tx(mip->mi_driver, mp)); 8943 else 8944 return (mac_hwring_tx(mrh, mp)); 8945 } 8946 8947 /* 8948 * This is the final stop before reaching the underlying MAC provider. 8949 * This is also where the bridging hook is inserted. Packets that are 8950 * bridged will return through mac_bridge_tx(), with rh nulled out if 8951 * the bridge chooses to send output on a different link due to 8952 * forwarding. 8953 */ 8954 mblk_t * 8955 mac_provider_tx(mac_impl_t *mip, mac_ring_handle_t rh, mblk_t *mp, 8956 mac_client_impl_t *mcip) 8957 { 8958 /* 8959 * If there is a bound Hybrid I/O share, send packets through 8960 * the default tx ring. When there's a bound Hybrid I/O share, 8961 * the tx rings of this client are mapped in the guest domain 8962 * and not accessible from here. 8963 */ 8964 if (mcip->mci_state_flags & MCIS_SHARE_BOUND) 8965 rh = mip->mi_default_tx_ring; 8966 8967 if (mip->mi_promisc_list != NULL) 8968 mac_promisc_dispatch(mip, mp, mcip, B_FALSE); 8969 8970 if (mip->mi_bridge_link == NULL) 8971 return (mac_ring_tx((mac_handle_t)mip, rh, mp)); 8972 else 8973 return (mac_bridge_tx(mip, rh, mp)); 8974 } 8975